division 07 thermal & moisture final

223
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection 1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 07 : THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

Upload: masahin

Post on 11-Dec-2015

40 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

DESCRIPTION

spec

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection øøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøø

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

DIVISION 07 : THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

Page 2: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection øøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøø

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Foreword

The internationally recognized framework known as “Masterformat” released by the Construction

Specifications Institute (CSI) has been adopted in order to organize the sorting and numbering in the new

edition of the specifications in a manner that insures the easy flow and exchange of information among

specialists and the community of the building industry at large. The new edition involves 12 main

divisions. These divisions are:

Division 01: General Requirements

Division 02: Site work

Division 03: Concrete

Division 04: Masonry

Division 05: Metals

Division 06: Wood and Plastics

Division 07: Thermal and Moisture Protection

Division 08: Doors and Windows

Division 09: Finishes

Division 14: Conveying Systems

Division 15: Mechanical

Division 16: Electrical

Each Division comprises a number of related Sections. For example: Division 08 includes eight sections.

They are:

08100 Doors and Frames

08200 Wooden and Plastic Doors

08300 Special Doors

08400 Entrances and Storefronts

08500 Metal Windows

08600 Wooden and Plastic Windows

08700 Hardware

08800 Glazing

Further, each Section incorporates seven Parts as follows:

Part 1: General: This is mainly concerned with the references, quality control, submittals, programs,

and maintenance.

Page 3: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection øøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøø

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 2: Products: This gives a breakdown of material used in addition to their properties and place of

installation.

Part 3: Execution: The most significant items in this Part are the execution and installation of the

works, field quality control, as well as cleaning and protection methods.

Part 4: Methods of Measurement: This indicates the measurement units and the measuring methods

that shall be used for the Bills of Quantities.

Part 5: Basis of Payment: This indicates the work that shall be completed for each item of the Bills of

Quantities. It also indicates the ancillary works to be included in the unit price rate.

Part 6: Annex: Tables and Figures: Those relevant to the individual Section.

Page 4: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection øøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøø

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

Page 5: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection øøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøø

5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

INDEX

Division 01: General Requirements Division 02: Sitework Division 03: Concrete Division 04: Masonry Division 05: Metals Division 06: Wood & Plastics Division 07: Thermal & Moisture Protection

07100 Waterproofing

07150 Dampproofing

07180 Water Repellents

07200 Insulation

07250 Fireproofing

07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

07500 Membrane Roofing

07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

07700 Roof Specialities & Accessories

07900 Joint Sealers

Division 08: Doors & Windows Division 09: Finishes Division 14: Conveying Systems Division 15: Mechanical Division 16: Electrical

Page 6: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection øøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøøø

6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Page 7: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J31 LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOF ROOF COATINGS

1

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

J31 LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOF ROOF COATINGS To be read with Preliminaries/ General Conditions. TYPES OF COATING 130 LIQUID APPLIED INVERTED ROOF COATING TO EXTERNAL AREAS OF

GROUND FLOOR SLAB ABOVE CAR PARK. - Procor® Deck System 2 An elastomeric cold-applied two component, synthetic

rubber, liquid waterproofing system comprising a 2mm layer of Procor® 10/75 Liquid and Procor® Protection Board.

Alternative products can be considered but must be equal and approved. Procor® Deck System 2 is applied directly by spray or trowel, to the substrate.

The membrane cures to form a resilient fully bonded elastomeric membrane, which is seamless and continuous without the use of primers, and is specially formulated to allow application to “green concrete” and damp to touch surfaces.

- Installation of Procor by Grace trained applicators only. Contact Grace for further details.

- Base: Concrete deck or topping screeds to be laid to minimum 1:80 falls. Substrate to

have a wood/skip float finish. Roof decks should be designed in accordance with relevant standards.

- Preparation: Irregularities greater than 3mm should be removed or filled. All substrates must

be air lanced or swept with a stiff broom to remove dirt, dust and loose stones. Membrane may be applied to damp to touch (not wet) substrates but all ponded and surface water must be removed. Procor Concrete Sealer – consult Grace Construction Products technical literature for assistance.

- Waterproof Coating: Procor® Deck System 2 - Manufacturer: Grace Construction Products Limited, Ajax Avenue, Slough,

Berkshire SL1 4BH. Telephone: 01753 692929, Fax:01753 691623 Technical Support: 01753 637535 Web: www.graceconstruction.com - Primer Reference: NOT REQUIRED - Coating System Ref.: Procor Deck System 2 - Application: One 2mm layer of Procor 10/75 Liquid - Reinforcement: Not required - Min. Dry Film Thickness: 2mm per layer - Coating Protection:Grace Protection Board with all butt joints primed with Grace

Primer B2 and overbanded with Armourtape™. Where the waterproofing system is overlain by hot asphaltic finishes use Servipak® protection board with primed butt joints overbanded with Armourtape™. Refer to Grace Construction Products for guidance.

- Insulation: Extruded polystyrene board as Clause 740 133 DAMP PROOF / TANKING MEMBRANE – FULLY BONDED ADHESIVE

SYSTEM TO LOWER GROUND FLOOR AREAS.

Page 8: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J31 LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOF ROOF COATINGS

2

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Manufacturer and Reference: Grace Construction Products – Preprufe System

BBA Certified for basements Grades 2, 3 & 4 to BS8102: 1990. Ajax Avenue, Slough, Berkshire, SL1 4BH. Telephone:01753 692929, Fax: 01753

691623 Technical Support: 01753 637535 Web: www.graceconstruction.com Preprufe® System combines the advanced bond technologies of both Preprufe

pre-applied membranes for the protection of basements and other critical sub-structures from the effects of water, moisture and gas penetration. A full continuous bond is formed to the structural concrete by means of the Preprufe® pressure sensitive adhesive preventing lateral water and moisture migration between the membrane and structure.

Preprufe® System provides a passive protection system that does not rely upon

hydration processes or swell in contact with water. The membranes are specially formulated to allow application in damp or marginal weather conditions and do not activate prematurely due to wet conditions and with Preprufe employed beneath slabs is unaffected by any occurrence of ground settlement. The physical characteristics ensure that protection against Methane, CO2 and Radon are in excess of the minimum requirements stated in BRE Reports ‘Construction of new buildings on gas-contaminated land’ (BR 212) and ‘Radon: guidance on protective measures for new dwellings’ (BR 211).

Substrate: Preprufe® Membranes - Substrate must be regular and smooth. A

sound solid substrate should be created to eliminate movement during the concrete pour. Vertically the membrane can be applied to permanent formwork, rigid insulation, and the adjoining structure or as recommended by the manufacturer.

Thickness: Preprufe® 300R - 1.2mm Preprufe® 160R - 0.8mm Bonding: Preprufe® fully bonds to the poured in-situ structural concrete by

means of a pressure sensitive adhesive. Apply membrane with disposable plastic release liner uppermost. End laps should be staggered to avoid build up of layers. Plastic release liner to remain in position until overlap procedure is complete. Roll all laps to ensure good adhesion between sheets, in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.

Joints: Preprufe® - Side and end laps to be a minimum of 75mm. Accurately

position sheets to overlap previous sheet along indicated adhesive selvedge, ensure a continuous bond is achieved without creases and roll firmly. For roll ends, cut edges and for providing continuity of waterproofing at penetrations and detailing employ Preprufe Tape LT. End laps to be staggered to avoid a build up of layers.

Page 9: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J31 LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOF ROOF COATINGS

3

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Sealing: Not required for Preprufe® membranes. PREPRUFE® TANKING SYSTEM Horizontal Substrate Manufacturer Reference: Preprufe® 300R A flexible, multi-layered composite sheet membrane comprising a thick white

HDPE film, highly aggressive pressure sensitive adhesive and a weather resistant protective coating layer. Preprufe® provides a passive protection system that does not rely upon hydration processes or swell in contact with water. An intimate bond is formed to the poured in-situ structural concrete by means of the pressure sensitive adhesive preventing lateral water and moisture migration between the membrane and structure. The membrane is chemically resistant in all types of soil or water, has a zero permeance to moisture, is solar reflective to reduce heat gain while exposed, does not activate prematurely due to wet conditions and is unaffected by ground settlement beneath slabs.

Vertical Substrate (Permanent Formwork / Confined Site) Manufacturer Reference: Preprufe® 160R A flexible, multi-layered composite sheet membrane comprising a thick white

HDPE film, highly aggressive pressure sensitive adhesive and a weather resistant protective coating layer. Preprufe® provides a passive protection system that does not rely upon hydration processes or swell in contact with water. An intimate bond is formed to the poured in-situ structural concrete by means of the pressure sensitive adhesive preventing lateral water and moisture migration between the membrane and structure. The membrane is chemically resistant in all types of soil or water, has a zero permeance to moisture, is solar reflective to reduce heat gain while exposed and does not activate prematurely due to wet conditions.

Preprufe® Ancillaries: Bituthene Liquid Membrane®. Two component elastomeric, cold applied liquid

compound, which cures to form a tough seamless rubber-like waterproof layer. Liquid shall conform to irregular profiles and be suitable for detailing curved, irregular or stepped profiles, pile penetrations, internal corners, flashing round drains, gullies, pipe entries and edge sealing at terminations.

Preprufe® Tape LT shall have an highly aggressive, pressure sensitive adhesive

layer for overbanding cut edges, roll ends, penetrations and detailing. Waterstops To be from the Grace range of passive or active Waterstops for

expansion joints and additional protection at construction joints providing single point responsibility (see section E40 clause 310)

Page 10: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J31 LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOF ROOF COATINGS

4

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Insupak® 2 a high performance low-density polystyrene insulation board with lap jointed edges to provide thermal continuity. It should be of closed cell construction to provide a strong lightweight board and have minimal water vapour permeability.

Waterstops To be from the Grace Servicised range of passive or active

Waterstops for expansion joints and additional protection at construction joints providing single point responsibility (see section E40 clause 310)

WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY: Condition of substrate: Clean and even textured free from voids and sharp protrusions Moisture content: Compatible with dpm/tanking. Apply materials carefully in accordance with manufacturers recommendations to

provide a completely waterproof, continuous membrane. Air and surface temperature: Do not apply sheets if below minimum

recommended by membrane manufacturer. Protect exposed areas of finished sheeting as recommended by the manufacturer

to prevent damage or deterioration during following work. Condition of membrane at completion: Neat, smooth and fully supported, dressed well into abutments and around

intrusions. Completely impervious and continuous. Undamaged. Prevent puncturing during following work. Permanent overlying construction: Cover membrane within time recommended

by manufacturer. Concrete to be placed and compacted carefully to avoid damage to membrane. INSPECTION: Give notice to allow inspection prior to covering any part of membrane with

overlying construction. Preprufe® membrane to be inspected before installation of reinforcement steel,

shuttering and final placement of concrete. Repairs to be in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.

Ensure plastic release liner has been removed from all areas of Preprufe®

membrane and Tape prior to placement of concrete. PRIMER(S): Grace Primer B2

Page 11: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J31 LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOF ROOF COATINGS

5

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Preprufe®: NOT REQUIRED ANGLES IN BONDED DAMP PROOF MEMBRANE / TANKING: Preprufe® - Internal, external corners and wall to slab details are formed without the use of

cementitious or liquid applied fillets, by creasing and folding the Preprufe® membrane ensuring a close fit to the substrate profile avoiding hollows.

JUNCTIONS WITH DPCS / CAVITY TRAYS: Bituthene® Liquid Membrane For both Preprufe® and Bituthene® 8000 continuity with Dpcs or Cavity Trays may

be achieved by using Bituthene® Liquid Membrane or as recommended by the manufacturer.

PIPES, DUCTS, CABLES, ETC.: Bituthene® Liquid Membrane & Preprufe® Tape Preprufe® membranes to be scribed tight to the penetration, if not within 12mm

apply Preprufe® Tape to cover the gap. Where required wrap penetration with Preprufe® Tape by positioning tape a minimum 12mm above the membrane. Bituthene Liquid Membrane® to be applied around penetration, forming a fillet to provide a watertight seal between Preprufe® membrane and Tape.

PROTECTION OF EXTERNAL VERTICAL TANKING: Preprufe®: Not applicable. PERFORMANCE PROCORE MEMBRANES 210 ROOF PERFORMANCE - General: Firmly adhered, free draining and weathertight.

ANCILLARIES - Grace Protection Board unbonded protection board. Made from selected

aggregates bound with bitumen, laminated between a rough asphaltic paper and a silicone paper to form a strong protection board.

- Bitutape™ 4000. A general purpose waterproof sealing strip for overbanding primed butt jointed protection boards.

- Servipak® Protection Board bonded protection board made from selected aggregates bound with bitumen, laminated between two rough asphaltic papers to form a strong protection board. For use where the waterproofing system is overlain by hot asphaltic surfacing.

Page 12: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J31 LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOF ROOF COATINGS

6

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

- Armourtape™ to be used with Servipak® Protection Board if the waterproofing system is overlain by hot asphaltic surfacing.

- Procor® R Reinforcement a high strength reinforcing fabric. - Hydroduct® Drainage Sheets (200, 650, 401 & 501) a range of prefabricated

geocomposites drainage sheet comprising studded polystyrene drainage cores covered with polypropylene filter fabric.

- Bituthene® LM 2 component elastomeric, cold applied liquid compound, which cures to form a tough seamless rubber-like waterproof layer. Bituthene® LM shall conform to irregular profiles and be suitable for detailing curved, irregular or stepped profiles, pile penetrations, internal corners, flashing round drains, gullies, pipe entries and edge sealing at terminations.

- Alu-Bitutape™ cold applied, self-adhesive, UV resistant flashing, comprising an aluminium finished polyethylene film with the proven Bituthene® rubber bitumen adhesive to provide a tough, flexible waterproofing strip for exposed application.

- Preprufe® Tape used where required to assist waterproofing continuity. - Servijoint® One a one-part, high modulus, fast curing polyurethane sealant /

adhesive for membrane terminations. Servijoint One shall resistant to damage, biodegradation and ozone.

- Serviband™ a resilient elastomeric sheet and epoxy adhesive jointing system for buried movement joints in concrete decks, walls, steel upstands etc…

- Hydroduct® Root Barrier a HDPE sheet used to protect waterproofing membrane from damage due to root penetration.

210 ROOF COATING GENERALLY: - Before commencing application, protect adjacent surfaces that could be

adversely affected by spray, splashing or run-off coatings. - Apply coatings to provide a firmly adhered, free draining and completely

weatherproof roof. - Ancillary products and accessories, where not specified, to be types

recommended for the purpose by the coating manufacturer. - Use operatives trained in the application of liquid applied roof coatings. Submit

evidence of training to CA on request. - For preparatory repairs to existing coverings use operatives trained in the

application of those coatings. 220 SUITABILITY OF BASE: Before applying roof coatings ensure that: - Surfaces to be coated are firmly fixed, clean, dry, smooth and free from frost,

contaminants, loose material, voids, protrusions and organic growths. - All preliminary work including formation of upstands, kerbs, box gutters, sumps,

grooves, chases, expansion joints, etc. and fixing of battens, fillets, anchoring plugs/strips, etc. is complete and satisfactory.

- Existing coverings and/or new construction are approved by the coating manufacturer for compatibility with their products.

230 ADVERSE WEATHER: - Roof coatings must not be applied in wet conditions or at temperatures below

5°C, unless otherwise permitted by the coating manufacturer. - Provide temporary covers and drainage as required to keep unfinished areas of

the roof dry.

Page 13: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J31 LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOF ROOF COATINGS

7

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

- Suspend work in severe or continuously wet weather unless an effective temporary roof is provided over the working area.

- If unavoidable wetting of the construction or coatings during application does occur, take prompt action to minimise and make good any damage.

- Coatings must not be applied in windy conditions (wind speeds in excess of 7m/s) unless adequate temporary windbreaks are erected.

240 PROTECTION: Ensure that from completion of roof coatings until Practical

Completion: - The roof is not used as a working platform unless fully protected to the

satisfaction of the CA. - No solvents or other chemicals harmful to the coatings are allowed to come into

contact with the roof surface. - No building materials are stored on the roof.

- Finished roof areas are adequately protected from damage by subsequent building operations.

EXECUTION GENERALLY 410 ADVERSE WEATHER - Do not apply coatings: - In wet conditions or at temperatures below 5°C, unless otherwise permitted by

coating manufacturer. - In high winds (speeds > 7 m/s), unless adequate temporary windbreaks are

erected adjacent to working area. - Unfinished areas of roof: Keep dry. 420 SUITABILITY OF SUBSTRATES - Substrates generally: - Secure, clean, dry, smooth, free from frost, contaminants, loose material,

voids, protrusions and organic growths. - Compatible with coating system. - Preliminary work: Complete, including: - Formation of upstands, kerbs, box gutters, sumps, grooves, chases and

expansion joints. - Fixing of battens, fillets and anchoring plugs/ strips. - Moisture content and stability: Must not impair integrity of roof. 640 MOVEMENT JOINTS IN SUBSTRATE: As recommended by Grace Construction Products. 750 STONE BALLAST - Type: TBC. - Supplier:TBC. - Size: TBC. - Colour: TBC. 760 PRECAST CONCRETE PAVING SLABS - Standard: To BS 7263-1, hydraulically pressed.

Page 14: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J31 LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOF ROOF COATINGS

8

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

- Manufacturer: TBC. - Product reference: TBC. - Colour/ Finish: TBC. - Size: 450x450x50mm. - Support system: Rubber paving support pads by Wallbarn Ltd. Tel 01883

715983. 780 GREEN ROOF COVERING: Drawing Reference(s): Protection Layer: Grace Protection Board & Hydroduct® Root Barrier Drainage / Filter Layer: Hydroduct® 401 or 501 Drainage Sheet 810 COMPLETION: Ensure that: - Roof areas are left clean with all outlets clear and flashings dressed into place. - All work by others necessary to provide a weathertight finish is satisfactorily

completed. - Defects are repaired without delay to minimise damage and nuisance.

Page 15: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J42 SINGLE LAYER POLYMERIC SHEET ROOF COVERINGS)

1

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

J42 SINGLE LAYER POLYMERIC SHEET ROOF COVERINGS To be read in conjunction with General Requirements. TYPES OF COVERING WARM ROOF COVERING - - Substrate: REINFORCED CONCRETE WITH SAND/CEMENT SCREED TO

FALLS Single layer polymeric sheet roof covering system complete with insulation to be

laid by approved subcontractor. Manufacturers Details: Sarnafil Ltd, Robberds Way, Bowthorpe, Norwich,NR5 9JF, Tel 01603 748985, Fax 01603 743054 or equal and approved

Contractor to submit details. - Preparation: N/A - Roof covering: - Lower protective layer (loose laid): N/A. - Vapour Control Layer: as clause 395 and 396B

Laying: Loose lay and overlap all side and end laps by a minimum 100mm, seal with jointing tape. As clause 670A

- Insulation: insulation board. As clause 420A - Attachment: Mechanically fixed as clause 681B - Waterproof membrane: Lacquered Reinforced PVC membrane Thickness: 1.8mm Colour: CREAM WHITE Attachment: Fully adhered as clause 720A and 721B - Upper protective layer (loose laid): N/A - Surface protection: as clause 850 - Laying: Hot air welded - Accessories: Provide proprietary expansion joints over building construction

joints. PERFORMANCE 201B MANUFACTURER’S GUARANTEE - Roofing system to have minimum 20 years guarantee 210 ROOF PERFORMANCE - General: Secure, free draining and completely weathertight. 220 VAPOUR CONTROL LAYER - Requirement: Determine interstitial condensation risk of roof as recommended in

BS 6229. Modify calculation method to conform to BS 5250.

Page 16: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J42 SINGLE LAYER POLYMERIC SHEET ROOF COVERINGS)

2

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

- Vapour control layer: If calculated amounts of condensate exceed allowed amounts, provide a suitable membrane so that damage and nuisance from interstitial condensation do not occur.

230 INSULATION - Requirement: Determine type and thickness of insulation and integral or separate

overlay to satisfy the following criteria: - Thermal transmittance of the roof (maximum): 0.35 W/m²K. - Compressive strength of insulation (minimum) at 10% compression: to

manufacturers recommendation. - Finished surface: Suitably even, stable and robust to receive the covering. - Insulation compliance: To a relevant British Standard, or Agrément certified. 240A ATTACHMENT OF ROOF COVERING INCLUDING INSULATION

- Requirement: Determine methods of attachment to resist wind loads. Provide for relative movement of materials and effects of vapour pressure. Do not reduce performance of vapour control layer.

PRODUCTS 310A ANCILLIARY PRODUCTS AND ACCESSORIES - Types: Recommended by manufacturer. - Drainage: Fit high drainage capacity insulated rwo. - Lightning Protection: Fit Heat Weldable Lightning Conductor Clips. - Fall Arrest: Fit Constant Force posts. 325 BONDING COMPOUND - Type: As recommended by manufacturer - 330A TIMBER FOR TRIMS, ETC - Quality: Planed. Free from wane, pitch pockets, decay and insect attack except

ambrosia beetle damage. - Moisture content: Not exceeding 22% at time of covering.

- Preservative treatment: To British Wood Preserving and Damp-roofing Association Commodity Specification C8.

- Type:CCA - If treated timber is in direct contact with roof membrane: only aqueous, salt

based preservative is to be used. 355 MECHANICAL FASTENINGS, WASHERS, PRESSURE PLATES ETC.

- Type: In accordance with the current addition of the British board of Agrement MOAT 55 ’UEAtc- Supplementary guide for the assessment of mechanically fastened roof waterproofing’ for Class 2 fasteners or a suitable alternative recommended by manufacturer.

Product reference: As clause 681B. 396B VAPOUR CONTROL LAYER SPECIFICATION Vapour Control Layer

Over the structural deck loosely lay a flame retarded, polyethylene vapour control layer. All side and end laps to be a minimum of 100mm and continuously sealed

Page 17: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J42 SINGLE LAYER POLYMERIC SHEET ROOF COVERINGS)

3

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

with jointing tape. The vapour control layer should have fully supported laps and is to be sealed to the abutment at the perimeter of the roof and around all penetrations. The surface of the abutment should be smooth to allow an adequate airtight seal.

420A RIGID MINERAL FIBRE BATT WARM ROOF INSULATION - DuoRock (Plain) roofing Board with mechanically fastened single layer

membranes. The roof insulation is to be Rockwool DuoRock (Plain) roofing Board, as supplied by Rockwool Limited or equal approved.

- The board size is to be: 2000 × 600 mm × 100mm thick. - The boards are to be laid strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations, staggered, butt-jointed and mechanically fastened through the vapour control layer to the deck.

- The advice of the membrane manufacturer should be sought when specifying all aspects of the vapour control layer, fasteners, waterproof covering and construction of walkways.

EXECUTION GENERALLY 510 ADVERSE WEATHER - Laying: Do not lay membrane in wet or damp conditions or at temperatures below

5°C. - Unfinished areas of roof: Keep dry. - Work in severe or continuously wet weather: Suspend or provide effective

temporary cover over working area. - Unavoidable wetting: Minimise and make good any damage. - Incomplete areas of membrane: Protect from wind action. 520A INCOMPLETE WORK - End of working day: Provide temporary seal to prevent water infiltration. - On resumption of work: Cut away tail of any contaminated roof membrane from

completed area and remove from roof. SUBSTRATES/ VAPOUR CONTROL LAYERS/ WARM ROOF INSULATION 610 SUITABILITY OF SUBSTRATE - Surfaces to be covered: Firmly fixed, clean, dry, smooth, free from frost,

contaminants, voids and protrusions. - Preliminary work: Complete (including formation of upstands, kerbs, box gutters,

sumps, grooves, chases, expansion joints and fixing of battens, fillets, anchoring plugs/ strips, etc.).

- Moisture content and stability of substrate: Must not impair integrity of roof. 640 INSTALLING TIMBER FOR TRIMS - Fixing centres (maximum): 600 mm 670A LAYING THE NON BITUMINOUS VAPOUR CONTROL LAYER - Laying: Sheets loose, flat and without wrinkles. - Laps: Seal using materials and method recommended by the vapour control layer

manufacturer.

Page 18: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J42 SINGLE LAYER POLYMERIC SHEET ROOF COVERINGS)

4

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

- Upstands, kerbs and other penetrations: Enclose edges of insulation. Fully seal at abutment by bonding or taping.

681B INSTALLING WARM ROOF MECHANICALLY FASTENED INSULATION - Setting out: - Long edges: Fully support and run at right angles to the troughs. - End edges: Adequately support. - Joints: Butt together. - End joints: Stagger. - Mechanical fixing: A minimum 5 no. fasteners and pressure plates or washers

and telescopic screw fasteners per m2, as clause 240A. - Completion: Boards must be in good condition, well fitting and with no springing,

flexing or rocking. 684B SELF ADHESIVE TAPE - All insulation board joints to be covered with self adhesive foil tape. WATERPROOF COVERINGS/ ACCESSORIES 720A ADHESIVE BONDING OF WATERPROOF MEMBRANE - Laying membrane: - On a continuous even coating of adhesive. - Do not wrinkle or stretch. - Condition at completion: - Fully bonded with no air pockets.

- Surface: Smooth. - Mechanically fix the roof membrane at all perimeters, change of plane and upstands.

721B FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE: - Membrane Fully adhere glass mat reinforced roofing membrane to the substrate using an

appropriate adhesive. Hot air weld minimum 80mm side laps and end coverstrips.

- In the main area of the roof use a water filled, foam covered roller to ensure that the membrane achieves intimate contact with the substrate. For detail work a lambswool roller should be used.

- Install peelstops to the perimeter of the roof, at all internal angles of roof detail and around all roof penetrations. Peelstops can be fastened into the abutment if possible. Fix at maximum 250mm centres with fasteners or appropriate thermally broken SBT screw fasteners/ stainless steel fasteners.

730A WELDED JOINTING - Side and end joints: for the - Laps (minimum): 80 mm - Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces for full width of joint. - Sealing: Heat weld together. - Condition at completion: Fully sealed and watertight. - Accessories: Not required.

Page 19: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J42 SINGLE LAYER POLYMERIC SHEET ROOF COVERINGS)

5

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

760A PERIMETER OF ROOF MEMBRANE - General: Secure membrane with a peelstop at roof edge conditions, changes of

plane, curb flashings, upstands to roof lights, etc. with approved mechanical fasteners.

770A PERIMETER DETAILS - Upstands, edge trims, drips, kerbs, etc: Form flashings from roof membrane

material. Edge trims and drips to be formed from suitable metal trim/flashing to manufacturers recommendation.

- Roof membrane: Terminate roof membrane in horizontal plane immediately adjacent to change in direction and fixed down with peelstop.

- Flashings: Dress roof membrane flashing over the peelstop. Overlap horizontal roof membrane beyond the peelstop by (minimum): 50 mm

- Sealing: Hot air weld the overlap. 780A ROOF PENETRATIONS THROUGH THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANES - Roof membrane: Cut membrane around penetrations and secure membrane with

a peelstop. - Flanged sleeve: - Type: Form from roof membrane complete with base flange. - Dress membrane flashing over, and around penetration. - Sealing: Weld flange to roof membrane. - Protection to top edge of sleeve: Flashing or compatible weathering cravat. SURFACING 850 MEMBRANE WALKWAYS - Material: - Manufacturer: Contractor to provide details Product reference: Recycled PVC walkway tiles. - Width: 600mm (750mm incl tabs) - Thickness: 6mm. - Colour: Dark Grey. - Attachment: Hot air weld tabs to roof membrane.

- Reinforcement: Fix to the deck a minimum 0.9mm galvanised steel plate wrapped in Fleece backed membrane under an additional layer of roof membrane .

COMPLETION 910A INSPECTION - Inspection of the roof installation whilst in progress and/or on completion must be

made by roof product manufacturer. Copies of site reports of intrim and final inspection to be made available if required.

920 ELECTRONIC ROOF INTEGRITY TEST - Testing authority: To manufacturers recommendation. - Timing of test: To manufacturers recommendation. - Condition of roof prior to testing:

Page 20: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC J42 SINGLE LAYER POLYMERIC SHEET ROOF COVERINGS)

6

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

- Roof membrane complete to a stage where integrity can be tested. - Surface: Clean. - Test results: Submit. - Waterproof integrity certificate: On completion of testing, submit. 930 FLOOD TEST. - Condition of roof prior to testing: - Roof membrane complete to a stage where integrity can be tested. - Outlets: Externally cover and seal. Protect against damage from water pressure

using temporary kerbs. Do not use plugs to seal outlets. - Flood levels: Submit proposals. In no case higher than kerbs. - Flood duration: Number of days to manufacturers recommendation. . - Inspection: Regular, to detect leaks. - Completion of test: Slowly drain roof. Do not overload or flood outlets. - Test results: Submit.

940A COMPLETION - Roof areas: Clean. - Outlets: Clear. - Work necessary to provide a weathertight finish: Complete. - Storage of materials on finished surface: Not permitted. - Completed membrane: Do not damage. Protect against damage from traffic and

adjacent or high level working. - Request the manufacturers Guarantee. - The roof has to be finally inspected by roof product manufacturer and is to be to

their satisfaction.

Page 21: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC P10 SUNDRY INSULATION/PROOFING WORK/FIRE STOPS

1

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

P10 SUNDRY INSULATION/PROOFING WORK/FIRE STOPS To be read in conjunction with General Requirements..

410 FLEXIBLE CAVITY BARRIERS IN CEILING VOIDS

ACROSS CORRIDORS. - Fire resistance to BS 476-20: Integrity/insulation (minutes): 30/15. - Material: Rock mineral wool. - Reference: Smoke and Fire Barrier 50mm thick, foil faced both sides. - Fixing: At top of barrier to u/s of concrete slab with steel angle secured by

expanding bolts; at each side perimeter by steel strips to blockwork walls; at base of barrier with steel angle and 150mm mininium lap joint.

- Fix securely at perimeters and joints, ensuring permanent stability and continuity with no gaps to provide a complete barrier to smoke and flame.

- Allow for trimming around service penetrations. 430 WIRED MINERAL WOOL SMALL CAVITY BARRIERS: - Wire reinforced mineral wool not less than 50 mm thick. - Fix securely with staples, folding if necessary to ensure a tight fit. Closely butt at

joints and intersections, leaving no gaps. 440 FIRE STOPPING: Ensure that any imperfections of fit between building elements

which are required to have fire resistance and/or resist the passage of smoke, are completely sealed. Where not specified otherwise, tightly pack gaps with mineral wool.

Page 22: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Division 07 - Thermal And Moisture Protection

Section 07100 - Waterproofing

Part 1: General

1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all plant, labor and materials

and performing all operations in connection with waterproofing to walls, slabs, decks, and other surfaces subjected to continuous and intermittent hydrostatic pressure and water immersion, including boards and coatings required for protection of waterproofing.

1 01 01 Section Includes 01.0 Waterproofing against outside hydrostatic pressure

02.0 Waterproofing against hydrostatic pressure from the inside

03.0 Waterproofing of movement joints

04.0 Protection of waterproofing

05.0 Drainage panels

06.0 Penetrations, transitions and closures in the context of the waterproofing

1 01 04 Related Sections 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 04200 Unit masonry 07400 Manufactured Roofing and Siding 07500 Membrane Roofing 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

1 02 References

1 02 01 Applicable Standards

1 02 01 04 USA Standards

1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM) ASTM D 41: 94 Standard specification for asphalt primer used in roofing, damp-

proofing, and waterproofing

ASTM D 43: 00 Standard specification for coal tar primer used in roofing, damp-proofing, and waterproofing

ASTM D 173: 97 Standard specification for bitumen-saturated cotton fabrics used in roofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 226: 97 Standard specification for asphalt-saturated organic felt used in roofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 449: 89 Specification for asphalt used in dampproofing and waterproofing

Page 23: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

ASTM D 450: 96 Specification for coal-tar pitch used in roofing, dampproofing, and waterproofing

ASTM D 1327: 97 Standard specification for bitumen-saturated woven burlap fabrics used in roofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 1079: 01 Standard terminology of terms relating to roofing, waterproofing, and bituminous materials

ASTM D 2178: 97 Standard specification for asphalt glass felt used in roofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 2581: 01 Standard specification for Polybutylene (PB) plastic molding and extrusion materials

ASTM D 4068: 01 Standard specification for chlorinated polyethylene (CPE) sheeting for concealed water-containment membrane

ASTM D 4551: 96 Standard specification for poly (Vinyl/Chloride) (PVC) plastic flexible concealed water-containment membrane

ASTM D 4637: 91 Standard specification for vulcanized rubber sheet used in single-ply roof membrane

ASTM D 6162: 00 Standard specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) modified bituminous sheet materials using a combination of polyester and glass fiber reinforcements

ASTM D 6163: 00 Standard specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) modified bituminous sheet materials using glass fiber reinforcements

ASTM D 6164: 00 Standard specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) modified bituminous sheet materials using polyester reinforcements

ASTM E 329: 00 Rev.B: Standard specification for agencies employed in the

testing and/or inspection of materials used in construction

1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 6100 - Glossary of building and civil engineering terms

BS 6100 - 1 General and miscellaneous

BS 6100 - 1.3.1: 98 Walls and cladding

BS 6100 - 1.3.2: 97 Roofs and roofing

BS 6100 - 1.3.3: 97 Floors and ceilings

BS 6100 - 2 Civil engineering

BS 6100 - 2.2.2 (99) Substructures and foundations

BS 6925: 88 (97) Specification for mastic asphalt for building and civil engineering (limestone aggregate), replaces BS 988, BS 1076, BS 1097, BS 1451:73

1 02 01 07 German Standards DIN 7864: Sheets of elastomers for waterproofing

DIN 7864 - 1: 84 Terms of delivery

DIN 16729: 88 Ethylene copolymer bitumen (ECB) roofing felt and waterproofing sheet, requirements

DIN 16737: 86 Chlorinated polyethylene (PE-C) roofing felt and waterproofing sheet with woven fabric inner layer, requirements

Page 24: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

DIN 16935: 88 Polyisobutylene (PIB) waterproofing sheet, requirements

DIN 16937: 88 Plasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC-P) waterproofing sheets compatible with bitumen, requirements

DIN 16938: 86 Plasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC-P) waterproofing sheet incompatible with bitumen, requirements

DIN 18190: 92 Waterproof sheeting for the waterproofing of buildings; waterproof sheeting with inlay of metal foil; definition, designation, requirements.

DIN 18195 - Water-proofing of Buildings

DIN 18195 - 1: 83 (98)Principles, definitions, and attribution of water proofing types

DIN 18195 - 2: 83 (98)Materials

DIN 18195 - 3: 83 (98)Requirements to the ground and working properties of materials

DIN 18195 - 6: 83 (98)Waterproofing against outside pressing water; design and execution

DIN 18195 - 7: 89 Waterproofing sheeting subjected to hydrostatic pressure from the inside; design and workmanship

DIN 18195 - 8: 83 Waterproofing over movement joints

DIN 18195 - 9: 86 Penetrations, transitions, and closures

DIN 18195 - 10 : 83 Protective layers and protective measures

DIN 52129: 93 Uncoated bitumen saturated sheeting; definition, designation, requirements.

DIN 52130: 95 Bitumen roofing felt – Requirements and testing

DIN 52131: 95 Torch-on bitumen felt, requirements and testing

DIN 52132: 96 Polymeric bitumen roofing felt, requirements and testing

DIN 52133: 95 Torch-on polymeric bitumen felt, requirements and testing

1 02 01 08 Canadian Standards CGSB 37-GP-56M: 80Standard for: membrane, modified, bituminous,

prefabricated, and reinforced for roofing

1 02 02 Codes BS 8000 - 4: 89 Code of practice for waterproofing

BS 8102: 90 Code of practice for protection of structures against water from the ground, (partially replaces CP 102:73)

1 03 Definitions

1 03 01 Technical Terms Asphalt - a mixture of bitumen with a substantial proportion of inert mineral matter,

(sometimes used for the same definition as bitumen)

Asphalt felt - asphalt saturated felt

Asphalt mastic - a mixture of asphaltic material and graded mineral aggregate that can be poured when heated, but requires mechanical manipulation to apply

Page 25: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Asphalt fillet - Triangular strip of asphalt formed at internal angles as an independent operation

Bitumen – a viscous liquid, or a solid, consisting essentially of hydrocarbons and their derivatives, which is soluble in carbon disulfide; and is substantially non volatile and softens gradually when heated

Bituminous - containing or treated with bitumen. Examples: bituminous concrete, bituminous felts and fabrics, bituminous pavement

Bituminous emulsion - (1) a suspension of minute globules of bituminous material in water or in an aqueous solution; (2) a suspension of minute globules of water or of an aqueous solution in a liquid bituminous material (invert emulsion)

Bitumen felt - Fiber based sheet material saturated with bitumen

Bitumen primer - Solvent-based bitumen solution applied to a supporting structure to ensure adhesion of the bonding compound

Cant strip - a beveled strip used under flashing to modify the angle at the point where the waterproofing membrane meets any vertical element

Cap flashing - see flashing

Counterflashing - formed metal or elastomeric sheeting secured on or into a wall, curb, pipe, roof-top unit, or other surface, to cover and protect the upper edge of a base flashing and its associated fasteners

Damp-proofing - treatment of a surface or structure to resist the passage of water in the absence of hydrostatic pressure

Felt - a flexible sheet manufactured by the interlocking of fibers with a binder or through a combination of mechanical work, moisture, and heat. Felts are manufactured principally from vegetable fibers (organic felts), asbestos fibers (asbestos felts) or glass fibers (glass fiber felts); other fibers may be present in each type

Fine granule surfaced bitumen felt - Bitumen felt, the base of which is impregnated and/ or coated with bitumen and surfaced on both sides with fine granular material

Flashing - the system used to seal membrane edges at walls, expansion joints, drains, gravel stops, and other places where the membrane is interrupted or terminated. Base flashing covers the edges of the membrane; Cap or Counterflashing shields the upper edges of the base flashing

Fusion welding - in the fusion welding process, both the underlying surface and the side of the tightly wrapped sheet for fusion welding that faces the underlying surface shall be adequately heated up in order to ensure satisfactory bonding. The bitumen composition on the sheet for fusion welding shall have melted to a sufficient degree during this procedure to ensure that a band of bitumen extending across the entire width of the bitumen sheet runs ahead of the sheet as it is unrolled.

Membrane - a flexible or semiflexible water-proofing, whose primary function is the exclusion of water

Metal foil faced bitumen felt - Bitumen felt, the base of which is impregnated and/ or coated with bitumen, the upper surface being finished with embossed metal foil bonded to it and the under surface with fine granular material

Mockup - a full sized structural model built for study, and testing

Primer - a thin liquid bitumen applied to a surface to improve the adhesion of heavier applications of bitumen and to absorb dust

Protective (protection) layers - layers which protect the waterproofing of buildings durably against damaging influences of static, dynamic and thermal nature.

Reinforced membrane - a roofing or waterproofing membrane reinforced with felts, mats, fabric, or chopped fibers

Page 26: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Sealant - a mixture of polymers, fillers, and pigments used to fill and seal joints where moderate movement is expected.

Sheet, sheeting - see membrane

Substrate - the surface upon which the roofing or waterproofing membrane is placed (structural deck or insulation)

Surface conditioner - see primer

Tanking - see waterproofing

Torch-on – heat bonding using a gas torch

Type I joints - Joints for slowly progressing movements and for movements which occur once only, or which seldom reoccur, such as settlement movements or changes in length due to seasonal temperature fluctuations

Type II joints - Joints for rapidly progressing movements or for movements which occur frequently, such as movements due to varying imposed loads, or changes in length due to daily temperature fluctuations.

Waterproofing - treatment of a surface or structure to prevent the passage of water under hydrostatic pressure

Waterproofing Emulsion - an intimate mixture of bitumen and water, with uniform dispersion of the bitumen or water globules, usually stabilized by an emulsifying agent or system

1 03 02 Abbreviations PYE = polymeric bitumen modified with rubber

PYP = polymeric bitumen modified with thermoplastic

Q.C. = quality control

1 04 System Description

1 04 02 Performance Requirements Unless otherwise indicated, deliver and install the waterproofing system and, at any time,

comply with basic principles including but not limited to the following:

Any waterproofing shall be capable of protecting buildings and structures against water exerting hydrostatic pressure from the outside and inside, and it shall also be insensitive to natural waters.

The waterproofing shall not suffer any impairment of its protective action as a result of the anticipated movements of the building components due to shrinkage, temperature fluctuations or settlement.

The waterproofing shall be capable of bridging any cracks, which may appear. Suitable design measures shall be taken to ensure that any such cracks are no wider than 0,5 mm at the time they arise, and that in the event of any further movement the width of the crack shall not exceed 5 mm and the stagger between the edges of the crack in the plane of the waterproofing shall not exceed 2 mm.

The waterproofing shall be capable to carry the expected compressive loads perpendicular to its plane and shall maintain its shape stability at high ambient temperatures.

Penetrations, transitions and closures shall be designed and manufactured so that the requirements to be met by the waterproofing material and those to be met with respect to stresses due to the action of water are fulfilled. Their functions shall remain despite any structural movement.

Protective layers shall be capable of protecting the waterproofing of buildings durably against damaging influences of static, dynamic and thermal nature. The type of

Page 27: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

protective layer to be adopted shall be selected as a function of the anticipated stresses and of local conditions and factors. Movements and deformations of the protective layers shall not be capable of damaging the waterproofing. Where joints in the structure exist, joints shall be provided at the same locations in solid protective layers.

Protective measures shall be provided as temporary protection to the waterproofing during the progress of construction work.

Protective layers and protective measures shall be in accordance with rules defined in DIN 18195-10 or an equivalent Standard.

Waterproofing of movement joints shall be designed to prevent water penetrating through the joints into the structures. The waterproofing of movements joints shall be according to rules in DIN 18195-8 or an equivalent Standard. The waterproofing shall be capable of absorbing the anticipated stresses arising from any joint movements including changes in temperature.

The waterproofing shall be made up of layer(s) according to rules defined in DIN 18195-6, DIN 18195-7, or an equivalent Standard, and taking in consideration manufacturer’s recommendations.

01.0 The waterproofing system shall be capable of resisting water head of:

01.1 up to 4 m

01.2 more than 4, up to 9 m

01.3 more than 9 m

1 05 Submittals

1 05 01 Product Data Product data including label compliance of waterproofing materials, temperature range for

application, manufacturer’s installation instructions and maintenance instructions shall be provided. Manufacturer’s installation instructions shall indicate all special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention.

1 05 02 Shop Drawings/ Working Drawings The Contractor shall provide number of copies as required by the Engineer; each signed by

him of shop drawings. Shop drawings and/ or working drawings shall indicate waterproofing membrane used, number of layers, special joint or termination conditions, penetrations, transmissions, closures, protective layers, and conditions of interface with other materials.

1 05 03 Samples Samples of all materials used for waterproofing shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to

installation for approval.

1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Records and reports of Contractor’s Internal Q.C.

Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C.

1 05 06 Other Submittals Manufacturer and workmanship warranty completed in Employer’s name and registered

with manufacturer shall be submitted.

Page 28: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 06 Quality Assurance

1 06 01 Qualifications

1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturer regularly

engaged in manufacture of waterproofing with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer.

1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in

the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work.

The Installers shall be specialized in performing the work of this Section with minimum three years of documented experience unless otherwise agreed.

1 06 01 03 Qualifications of Contractor’s Site Supervisor’s Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least

five (5) years of documented experience.

1 06 04 Quality Control Material, workmanship procedures at all times are subject to inspection by the Engineer.

Such inspections and tests will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing material and execution of work in compliance with the specified requirements. Any work found defective or which is not in accordance with the approved drawings and specification may be rejected or must at once be repaired.

If leaking has been found, see ref. 3 04, waterproofing must at once be repaired.

1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal Quality Control shall include but not be limited to:

- Checking suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform with specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation.

- Checking suppliers’ delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification.

- Checking that surfaces to receive waterproofing are smooth, dry and clean.

- Checking the thickness of material and number of layers applied.

- Checking that time for curing between applications is proper.

- Checking that surfaces are dry and clean before applying new layers.

- Checking that treated surfaces are protected.

- Checking installation of waterproofing, see ref. 3 04.

- Checking that welds and lap joints of plastic waterproofing membranes made in situ are tightened, see ref.3 04.

1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling

1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Materials shall be delivered in manufacturer’s original, unopened rolls or containers with

label intact and legible stating the manufacturer’s brand names, and identification of various items.

Page 29: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 07 02 Storage and Protection All materials shall be stored at building site strictly according to manufacturer’s instructions.

All materials shall be kept dry prior to and during application, rolls or containers shall be stacked horizontally and parallel to each other on a smooth surface, protected from direct sunrays and covered to protect from rain or dust.

1 09 Schedules and Programs Contractor shall provide schedules of his works, coordinated with other trades, prior to

commencing with installation.

1 10 Special Warranty The Contractor shall provide a warranty for material and workmanship starting from date of

final hand-over for the duration of 10 years

Page 30: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 2: Products

2 01 General All waterproofing materials shall provide effective protection against aggressive soils acids,

sulfates, and chlorides.

All waterproofing materials shall maintain shape stability at high ambient temperatures.

Waterproofing sheets and membranes shall have dimensional stability, high tear strength, puncture and impact resistance as required by the indicated Standard(s).

2 02 Waterproofing Layer

2 02 01 Bitumen Sheets

2 02 01 01 Uncoated Bitumen Sheet As defined in DIN 18195, the sheets shall be bonded together by bitumen adhesive

compound

Provide the waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of DIN 52129, Type R 500 N, or equivalent.

2 02 01 02 Bitumen Sealing Sheet The sheet shall be bonded together by bitumen adhesive compound.

Provide the waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of ASTM D 173, base membrane material: woven cotton fabrics, average net mass 340 g/m2 ASTM D226, base membrane material organic felt,

02.1 Type I

02.2 Type II

03.0 ASTM D1327, base membrane material: woven burlap fabrics, average net mass 330 g/m2

04.0 ASTM D2178, base membrane material: glass matt,

04.1 Type III

04.2 Type IV

05.0 DIN 52130

05.1 Type J 300 DD, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2

05.2 Type G 200 DD, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric

05.3 Type PV 200 DD, base membrane material: polyester mat

06.0 DIN 18190

06.1 Type J 300 D, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2

06.2 Type G 220 D, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric

06.3 Type AL 0,2 D, base membrane material: aluminum strips of thickness 0,2 mm

Page 31: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

06.4 Type Cu 0,1 D, base membrane material: copper strip of thickness 0,1 mm

06.5 Type PETP 0,03 D, base membrane material: Polyethylene terephthalat foil of thickness 0,03 mm

2 02 01 03 Bitumen Sheet for Torch-On Applied/ Fusion Welding The bitumen sheets for fusion welding shall be placed by the welding process and jointed

to one another.

Provide the waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 52131

01.1 Type J 300 S 4, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2, membrane thickness 4 mm

01.2 Type J 300 S 5, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2, membrane thickness 5 mm

01.3 Type G 200 S 4, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric, membrane thickness 4 mm

01.4 Type G 200 S 5, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric, membrane thickness 5 mm

01.5 Type PV 200 S 5, base membrane material: polyester mat, membrane thickness 5 mm

01.6 base membrane material: copper strip of thickness 0,1 mm

2 02 01 04 Modified Bitumen Membrane (APP - Modified) The bitumen shall be modified by blending with ‘atactic polypropylene’ (APP).

Provide APP-modified waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 CGSB 37-GP-56M

01.1 Grade 1

01.2 Grade 2

01.3 Base membrane material: non-woven polyester

01.4 Base membrane material: non-woven fiberglass

01.5 Base membrane material: non-woven polyethylene

01.6 Base membrane material: non-woven polypropylene

02.0 DIN 52133 - PYP (torch-on applied membrane)

02.1 Type J 300 S 4, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2, thickness 4 mm

02.2 Type J 300 S 5, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2, thickness 5 mm

02.3 Type G 200 S 4, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric, thickness 4 mm

02.4 Type G 200 S 5, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric, thickness 5 mm

02.5 Type PV 200 S 5, base membrane material: polyester mat, thickness 5 mm

Page 32: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 02 01 05 Modified Bitumen Membrane (SBS - Modified) The bitumen shall be modified by blending with styrene butadiene styrene (SBS)

thermoplastic elastomer as the primary modifier.

Provide SBS-modified waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 ASTM D 6162 - base membrane material: combination of polyester fabric and glass fiber

01.1 Type I, Grade S, with min.1,8 mm thickness.

01.2 Type II, Grade S, with min. 2,0 mm thickness.

02.0 ASTM D 6163 - base membrane material: glass fiber

02.1 Type I, Grade S, with min.2,2 mm thickness.

02.2 Type II, Grade S, with min. 2,9 mm thickness.

03.0 ASTM D 6164 - base membrane material: polyester fabric

03.1 Type I, Grade S, with min. 1,8 mm thickness

03.2 Type I, Grade S, with min. 2,9 mm thickness

04.0 DIN 52133 - PYE (torch-on applied membrane)

04.1 Type J 300 S 4, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2, membrane thickness 4 mm

04.2 Type J 300 S 5, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2, membrane thickness 5 mm

04.3 Type G 200 S 4, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric, membrane thickness 4 mm

04.4 Type G 200 S 5, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric, membrane thickness 5 mm

04.5 Type PV 200 S 5, base membrane material: polyester mat, membrane thickness 5 mm

05.0 DIN 52132 - PYE

05.1 Type J 300 DD, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2,

05.2 Type G 200 DD, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric

05.3 Type PV 200 DD, base membrane material: polyester mat

2 02 02 Plastic Waterproofing Membrane

2 02 02 01 PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride Plasticized) Membrane The membrane shall be able to be bonded together and watertight during its lifetime. The

bonding procedure shall be in compliance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

Provide PVC waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 16937, membrane compatible with bitumen,

Page 33: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

01.1 membrane thickness shall be 1,2 mm

01.2 membrane thickness shall be 1,5 mm

01.3 membrane thickness shall be 2,0 mm

02.0 DIN 16938, membrane not compatible with bitumen,

02.1 membrane thickness shall be 1,2 mm

02.2 membrane thickness shall be 1,5 mm

02.3 membrane thickness shall be 2,0 mm

03.0 ASTM D 4551

2 02 02 02 (PIB) Polyisobutylene Waterproofing Membrane PIB waterproofing membrane shall be of high-molecular Polyisobutylene including

additives. PIB waterproofing membrane shall permit the production of waterproof joints by solvent welding.

Provide PIB waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 16935

01.1 membrane thickness shall be 1,5 mm

01.2 membrane thickness shall be 2,0 mm

2 02 02 03 (ECB) Ethylene Copolymer Bitumen Waterproofing Membrane ECB membrane shall be made of ethylene copolymer bitumen with or without additives.

Provide ECB waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 16729

01.1 Type 1(T1): made of basic materials,

01.2 Type 2(T2): made of basic material, but including additives,

01.3 backed with non-woven roving,

01.4 unbacked,

01.5 membrane thickness shall be 1,5 mm

01.6 membrane thickness shall be 2,0 mm

01.7 membrane thickness shall be 2,5 mm

01.8 membrane thickness shall be 3,0 mm

02.0 ASTM D 3020

02.1 Type II,

2 02 02 04 (CPE) Chlorinated Polyethylene Waterproofing Membrane Provide CPE waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the

requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 16737 Polyethylene-chlorinated (PE-C),

01.1 membrane thickness shall be 1,2 mm

01.2 membrane thickness shall be 1,5 mm

01.3 membrane thickness shall be 2,0 mm

02.0 ASTM D 4068,

Page 34: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 02 02 05 (CSPE) Waterproofing Membrane Provide CSPE waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the

requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 ASTM D 4068,

2 02 03 Vulcanized Rubber Membrane The membrane shall be capable of being bonded together for making watertight field

splices in compliance with manufacturer’s instructions

2 02 03 01 EPDM (Ethylene-Propylene-diene Terpolymer) Membrane Provide EPDM waterproofing membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the

requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 ASTM D4637, Type I,

01.1 grade 1,

01.2 grade 2,

01.3 class U (unreinforced), membrane overall thickness shall be not less than 1,0 mm

01.4 class SR (internally reinforced), membrane overall thickness shall be not less than 1,0 mm

02.0 DIN 7864,

02.1 membrane thickness shall be 1,2 mm

02.2 membrane thickness shall be 1,3 mm

02.3 membrane thickness shall be 1,5 mm

02.4 membrane thickness shall be 2,0 mm

2 02 03 02 CR (Polychloroprene) Membrane Provide CR waterproofing of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and

tolerance level of:

01.0 ASTM D4637, Type II,

01.1 grade 1

01.2 grade 2

01.3 Class U (unreinforced), membrane overall thickness shall be not less than 1,0 mm

01.4 Class SR (internally reinforced), membrane overall thickness shall be not less than 0,76 mm

2 02 03 03 Polybutylene (PB) Membrane Provide PB waterproofing membrane, complying with the requirements and tolerance level

of:

01.0 ASTM D2581,

2 02 04 Composite Laminate Membrane Is a membrane consisting of three layers cross-laminated high-density polyethylene carrier

film with rubber/bitumen compound.

Page 35: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 02 05 Waterproofing Emulsions Resist water under hydrostatic pressure.

2 02 06 Metal Strips As defined in DIN 18195-2. Metal strips shall be incorporated in the waterproofing of

uncoated bitumen sheeting.

2 03 Sealant/ Joint Fillers Sealant and joint fillers shall be as recommended by membrane manufacturer and shall be

compatible with the waterproofing materials used.

2 04 Seam Welding Materials and Adhesive Materials

2 04 01 Seam Welding Materials Seam welding materials shall be as recommended by membrane manufacturer.

2 04 02 Surface Conditioner/Primer Primer shall be used when required by membrane manufacturer’s site instructions, and

shall be compatible with the substrate.

Provide Primer of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of one of the following Standards, or an equivalent Standard, unless otherwise indicated:

ASTM D 41, asphaltic primer

ASTM D 43, creosote primer

DIN 18195-2, bitumen solution

DIN 18195-2, bitumen emulsion

2 04 03 Bonding Materials and Topcoating Materials Bonding Materials and topcoating materials shall be as recommended by the membrane

manufacturer.

Provide material of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of one of the following Standards or an equivalent Standard unless otherwise indicated:

ASTM D 449, Type I,

ASTM D 450, Type II

DIN 18195-2,

2 04 04 Thinner and Cleaner Thinner and cleaner shall be compatible with the waterproofing membrane and as

recommended by adhesive manufacturer.

2 05 Flashings Flashings materials shall be provided for all cases when recommended by the membrane

manufacturer. Flashings materials shall be of quality recommended by the membrane manufacturer

Page 36: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

15 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 06 Metal Fixing Strips Metal Fixing strips shall be provided in all cases where flashings shall be used. Metal fixing

strips shall be of quality recommended by the flashing material manufacturer.

2 09 Accessories

2 09 01 Materials for Protective Layers Material used as protective layer shall be compatible with the waterproofing of the building

and shall be capable of withstanding stresses of a mechanical, thermal and chemical nature acting on them. The materials shall comply with the requirements of DIN 18195-10 or an equivalent Standard.

2 09 01 01 Protection Board Protection board made of a strong non-woven polyester base, which has been

impregnated and coated, with a mixture of bitumen modified. Provide protection board as indicated below:

01.0 Protection board made of biodegradable hardboard or polystyrene foam sheet or

asphalt wood fiberboard or bitumen impregnated glass fiberboard, minimum thickness of 6 mm unless otherwise indicated.

2 09 01 02 Other Protecting Materials Material shall be suitable for the particular stresses arising in each case, and comply with

the requirements of DIN 18195-10 or an equivalent Standard.

Page 37: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

16 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 3: Execution

3 01 General Examination Before commencing applying waterproofing membranes, check and make sure that the

following apply:

- Base is suitable finished and structurally sound.

- Substrate is sufficiently smooth and even textured.

- Substrate is sufficiently dry, clean and not contaminated with oil or other deleterious materials.

- The surfaces, which join vertical and horizontal construction, shall allow for practical lapping and jointing of membranes

- Before general laying commences check that any chases required have been cut and service penetrations have been provided and prepared.

- Waterstops have been installed where indicated in the Contract Documents.

3 02 General Preparation Provide suitable equipment designed for heating bitumen and asphalt, as close as

practicable to the work position and so sited and protected that materials can be processed safely.

A working space outside the walls of not less than 600 mm shall be allowed for excavation, in case of externally applied waterproofing.

The site shall be kept dry until the basement has been completed. Dewatering or pumping from carefully arranged sumps with appropriate drainage channels shall be continued whilst waterproofing work is in progress, until all loading coats have hardened, and the structure has developed sufficient strength to resist the full water pressure.

Surfaces to receive waterproofing shall be prepared in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

Apply surface conditioner primer at a rate as recommended by manufacturer. Protect conditioner from rain until dry. Only the area that can be covered by membrane in one working day should be primed. Areas left exposed for over 24 hours shall be re-primed.

When indicated, a layer of protective (non-woven) polyester shall be used to receive membrane for horizontal areas or vertical walls.

Cracks and joints shall be sealed with sealant materials as recommended by sealant manufacturer before commencing any waterproofing work.

3 03 Installation

3 03 01 General The waterproofing shall - as a general rule - be arranged on the side of the structure facing

the water; it shall form a closed tanking, or it shall surround the structure on all sides. The work shall be performed in accordance with NRCA Waterproofing Manual, or DIN 18195, or BS 8000-4, BS 8102, or an other equivalent Standard.

Waterproofing sheeting shall be installed only if the prevailing weather conditions are unlikely to have any adverse effect on the material, unless precautions have been taken to ensure that any such effect is precluded.

The waterproofing shall be made up of layers as indicated in tables 1 to 6 (Annex 6) unless otherwise indicated.

Page 38: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

17 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Apply the membrane and all associated details in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

There shall be minimum practical delay between applying successive layers or coats, taking account of any material manufacturer’s instructions.

3 03 01 01 External Waterproofing

3 03 01 01 01 Horizontal Surfaces The waterproofing membrane shall extend from the external vertical limit to provide the

junction to be formed with the vertical waterproofing membrane, see Annex 6, Figure 1, Detail C. The extension shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation, or indicated in the shop drawings.

As soon as the laying of the horizontal membrane has been completed it shall be protected, except over the set-off. Temporary protection shall be provided to the projecting length of the base. The horizontal loading coat of concrete or structural slab shall be placed as quickly as possible.

See Figures 1, and 2: Annex 6, for typical external waterproofing installations.

3 03 01 01 02 Vertical Surfaces As soon as possible after the vertical membrane has been applied to the outside of walls it

shall be protected, see ref. 3 03 05.

Perimeter, wall details, flashing shall be provided and installed as recommended by the membrane manufacturer, or indicated in shop drawings.

See Figures 1, and 2, Annex 6, for typical external waterproofing installations.

3 03 01 02 Internal Waterproofing

3 03 01 02 01 Horizontal Surfaces As soon as the completion of application of membrane, it shall be protected, see Clause 3

03 05.

See Figure 3, Annex 6, for typical internal waterproofing installations.

3 03 01 02 02 Vertical Surfaces See Figure 3, Annex 6, for typical internal waterproofing installations.

Perimeter, wall details, flashing shall be provided and installed as recommended by the membrane manufacturer.

3 03 02 Installation Methods

3 03 02 01 Loosely Laid Waterproofing membrane shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

The membrane shall be stretched to remove any wrinkles and bubbles.

Items protruding to or penetrating through membrane shall be sealed to provide a watertight connection.

Counter flashing membrane material shall be installed.

Flexible flashings shall be installed as indicated.

Flashings shall be sealed to membrane and adjoining surfaces as indicated in manufacturer’s instructions.

Sides and ends shall be lapped in accordance with membrane manufacturer’s instructions.

Page 39: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

18 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Edges and ends of membrane shall be overlapped and sealed by one or more of the following methods

- Solvent welding of minimum 75mm unless otherwise indicated.

- Heat welding of minimum 75mm unless otherwise indicated.

- Contact tape of minimum 75mm unless otherwise indicated.

- Contact adhesive of minimum 75mm unless otherwise indicated.

3 03 02 02 Adhesive Bonded The primer shall be applied to the substrate, if required, according to the waterproofing

manufacturer’s instructions.

Waterproofing membrane shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

The membrane shall be stretched to remove any wrinkles and bubbles. Hot applied asphalt bitumen waterproofing sheets shall be pressed firmly into bitumen.

Items protruding to or penetrating through membrane shall be sealed to provide watertight connections.

Counter flashing membrane material shall be installed.

Flexible flashings shall be installed as indicted.

Flashings shall be sealed to membrane and adjoining surfaces as indicated in manufacturer’s instructions.

Sides and ends shall be lapped in accordance with membrane manufacturer’s instructions.

Edges and ends of membrane shall be overlapped and sealed by one or more of the following methods

- Solvent welding of minimum 75mm unless otherwise is indicated.

- Heat welding of minimum 75mm unless otherwise is indicated.

- Contact tape of minimum 75mm unless otherwise is indicated.

- Contact adhesive of minimum 75mm unless otherwise is indicated.

3 03 02 04 Torch-On Application Waterproofing membrane shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

The membrane shall be stretched to remove any wrinkles and bubbles.

The underside of the membrane shall be torched just enough to superficially melt the bitumen. Excessive heating may damage the reinforcement.

Overlaps should be reheated from the top and resealed with a trowel to ensure seam integrity.

Sides and ends shall be lapped in accordance with membrane manufacturer’s instructions.

Items protruding to or penetrating through membrane shall be sealed to provide watertight connections.

Counter flashing membrane material shall be installed.

Flexible flashings shall be installed as indicted.

Flashings shall be sealed to membrane and adjoining surfaces as indicated in manufacturer’s instructions.

3 03 03 Waterproofing over Movement Joints Workmanship of waterproofing over movement joints shall be according to rules in DIN

18195-8, or an equivalent Standard.

Page 40: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

19 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

See Figures 4, 5, Annex 6, for waterproofing over expansion and construction joints using waterproofing membrane, waterstop, joint filler, and sealer.

3 03 04 Waterproofing at Penetrations, Junctions and Ends The workmanship of waterproofing at penetrations, junctions and ends shall be in

accordance with membrane manufacturer’s instructions, shop drawings and as specified in DIN 18195-9, or an equivalent Standard.

See figures 3, and 6, Annex 6, for typical details in case of pipe penetration.

3 03 05 Protection Layer Protective layers, which are applied onto the finished waterproofing, shall be put in place

immediately after completion of the waterproofing.

Protection layer shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, shop drawings, DIN 18195-10 or an equivalent Standard.

Protection layers shall be placed directly against drainage panel or waterproofing membrane and joints shall be butt, and sealed.

3 03 06 Drainage Panel Workmanship of Drainage Panel shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

Drainage panel shall be placed to direct drainage downward.

Joints in drainage panels shall be sealed.

3 04 Field Quality Control The Engineer and the Contractor shall jointly check the waterproofing, prior to follow-up

work. The finished work shall include but not be limited to internal and external corners, seam jointing, attachment method, counter flashing cover, expansion joints, control joints and protective cover.

Welds and lap joints of plastic waterproofing membranes made in situ shall be tested for tightness according to rules in DIN 18195-3, or an equivalent Standard.

3 07 Protection/Protective Measures Protect all works to ensure that it remains without damage at time of handing over.

Protective measures shall be designed, if required, to provide temporary protection to the waterproofing during the progress of construction work. They shall be suitably adapted to the duration of the relevant stage of construction.

Protective measures shall be in accordance with rules specified in DIN 181951-10, or an equivalent Standard.

Page 41: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

20 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 4: Method of Measurement

4 01 General The quantities to be paid for will be measured from drawings.

Work measured by area shall be measured flat. No allowance will be made for overlaps.

Work measured by length shall be measured net and no allowance will be made for overlaps.

Where work is measured by area no deduction shall be made for openings not exceeding 1 m2.

4 02 Units of Measurement Measuring of works will be based on the following units:

Area (m2), measured separately as follows:

- Waterproofing - protection of waterproofing - drainage panels

Length (m), measured separately as follows:

- Accessories like flashings, capping and metal fixing strips - waterproofing of movement joints

Number of items, measured separately as follows:

- Penetrations, transitions and closures in the context of the waterproofing

Page 42: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

21 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 5: Basis of Payment

5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including furnishing all waterproofing

materials, protection of applied waterproofing, equipment, tools, storage facilities, all labor, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and temporary protection.

Material or work, which does not conform to specification, shall be removed or replaced at Contractor’s expense.

5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate:

1. Scaffolding, re-excavation of working spaces outside the walls

2. Preparation of samples as required by the Engineer

3. Preparation of mock-up as required by the Engineer

4. Primers, bonding compounds, adhesives and keying mixes

5. Applying coatings by brush or spray

6. Sloping and curved work to coatings

7. Work of any width, height or girth

8. Work laid to falls and cross falls, and intersections on sloping work

9. Cutting, notching, bending, fair edges and jointing, including extra material for laps to sheet work

10. Raking, stepped and vertical work to skirting and the like

11. Edges, angles, intersections and the like, turning into grooves including extra material wedging and sealing

12. Angle fillets, battens and nailing strips

13. Linings to sumps, outlets, gargoyles, dishing to gullies and the like

14. Holes for pipes and the like, forming collars and sealing.

Page 43: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

22 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Annex: Tables and Figures

6 01 Tables

Table 1: Number of layers for the waterproofing with uncoated bitumen sheeting (DIN 18195-6)

Table 2: Number of layers for the waterproofing with uncoated bitumen sheeting and metal strips (DIN 18195-6), see ref. 2 02 06

Table 2-a:

Table 2-b:

1 2 3 4Brush coating orpouring process

Pouring androlling process

1 Immersiondepth

m

Permissiblecompressive loading

MN/m2 max.Minimum number of layers

2 Up to 4 3 33 More than

4 up to 94 3

4 More than9

0.6

5 4

1 2 3 4Brush coating orpouring process

Pouring androlling process

1 Immersiondepth

m

Permissiblecompressive loading

MN/m2 max.Minimum number of layers

2 Up to 4 3 33 More than

4 up to 93 3

4 More than9

1.0

4 3

1 2 3 4Brush coating orpouring process

Pouring androlling process

1 Immersiondepth

m

Permissiblecompressive loading

MN/m2 max.Minimum number of layers

2 Up to 4 4 43 More than

4 up to 94 4

4 More than9

1.5

5 4

Page 44: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

23 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Table 3: Number of layers and types of base for the waterproofing with bitumen sheeting for fusion welding (DIN 18195-6)

Table 4: Number of layers and types of base for the waterproofing with bitumen sealing sheeting (DIN 18195-6)

1 2 3 1 Immersion

depth

m

Permissible compressive loading

MN/m2 max.

Minimum number of layers and type of insert

of bitumen sheets for fusion welding

2 Up to 4 2 – woven fabric base 3 3 - woven fabric base 4

More than 4

up to 9 1 - woven fabric base + 1 – copper strip base

5 More than 9

In the case of hessian base: 1,0;

glass fabric base :0,8 2 - woven fabric base + copper strip base

1 2 3 1 Im m ersion

depth

m

Perm issible com pressive

loading

MN/m 2 m ax.

M inim um num ber of layers and type of base of bitum en

sealing sheeting

2 Up to 4

2 – woven fabric base or copper strip base or PETP base

3 2 - woven fabric base + 1 – PETP base

4 3 - woven fabric base 5

More than 4 up to 9 1 - woven fabric base

+ 1 – copper strip base

6 2 - woven fabric base + 1 - copper strip base

7

More than 9

In the case of glass fabric

base: 0,8; all orther k inds of

base :1,0

2 – PETP base + 1 – copper strip base

Page 45: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

24 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Table 5: Thickness of PIB sheeting for waterproofing with PIB sheeting and uncoated bitumen sheeting (DIN 18195-6)

Table 6: Thickness of Plasticized PVC sheeting for the waterproofing with Plasticized PVC sheeting and uncoated bitumen sheeting

1 2 3 1 Immersion

depth

m

Permissible compressive loading

MN/m2 max.

Minimum thickness of PIB sheeting

Mm

2 Up to 4 1.5 3 More than 4

up to 9 2.0

4 More than 9

0.6

2.0

1 2 3 1 Immersion

depth

m

Permissible compressive loading

MN/m2 max.

Minimum thickness of plasticized PVC

sheeting mm

2 Up to 4 1.5 3 More than 4

up to 9 1.5

4 More than 9

1.0

2.0

Page 46: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

25 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

6 02 Figures

Fig. 1: Externally applied waterproofing (PVC waterproofing membrane)

Page 47: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

26 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 2: Externally applied waterproofing (Bitumen sheeting)

Fig. 3: Internally applied waterproofing (PVC waterproofing membrane)

Page 48: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

27 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig.4: Horizontal expansion joint

Fig 5: Wall/basement construction joint

Page 49: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

28 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 6: Vertical expansion joint

Fig. 7: Vertical construction joint

Page 50: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

29 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig.8: Treatment of pipes

Page 51: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing

30 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Page 52: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

07111 - ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

Page 53: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07111 Elastomeric membrane Waterproofing

1

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

SECTION 07111: ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING

1. GENERAL

1.1 Scope

This Section covers the requirements for furnishing and installing of sheet membrane waterproofing consisting of two layers of torch applied modified bitumen membrane and two coats of bituminous primer for the wet room areas as shown in the Drawings.

The work to be carried out under this section includes, but is not limited to, all labor, materials, equipment, testing, quality control, quality assurance, and services necessary and incidental to the proper execution of the works.

1.2 References

1.2.1 Applicable Codes and Standards

The following Codes and Standards are intended to provide an acceptable level of quality for materials and products. The Contractor may propose alternative Codes and Standards provided they give an equivalent degree of quality as the referenced codes and are submitted for the Engineer for review and approval in advance of their use. 1. Egyptian Standards (E.S.) 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3. European Union of Agreement (UEAtc) 4. Italian Norms (UNI)

1.2.2 Applicable Specifications

The latest version of the publications listed below form a part of this specification, unless otherwise specified. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only.

American Society for Testing and Material

ASTM D 41 (1985) Asphalt Primer Used In Roofing, Damp proofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 1187 (1982) Asphalt-Base Emulsions Used As Protective Coating For Metal.

ASTM D 1227 (1987) Emulsified Asphalt Used As Protective Coating For Roofing.

ASTM D 4479 (1993) Asphalt Roofing Coatings – Asbestos Free.

Page 54: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07111 Elastomeric membrane Waterproofing

2

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1.3 Submittals The Contractor shall submit the following information, at least 28 calendar days prior to the installation of waterproofing system:

1.3.1 Shop Drawings

Detailed shop drawings shall be submitted, showing reinforcing flashings, terminations, joints, intersection of horizontal and vertical surfaces, and penetrations in the membrane system.

Layout drawings shall be submitted, as well as details for method of installation of waterproofing system.

1.3.2 Manufacturers’ Data

Manufacturer’s technical product data and a certificate attesting that the materials meet the requirements specified hereinafter shall be submitted for approval.

1.3.3 Samples

The following samples should be submitted to the Engineer for approval of the manufacturer of the waterproofing system: A. Three samples of waterproofing membrane. (Standard manufacturer

size) B. Samples of all accessories used for the system including fasteners,

sealant, flashing profiles, etc.

1.3.4 Method Statements

Method statements shall be submitted, showing detail procedures of installation and testing of waterproofing for horizontal and vertical surfaces, penetrations in the membrane system.

The Contractor shall have provided, at time of tender, an initial submittal to include all above information.

1.4 Qualifications

Work shall be performed by skilled labors thoroughly experienced in the type of waterproofing work specified to meet the requirements of the Contract. A specialist firm approved by the Engineer shall carry out all works.

For uniformity of the efficiency and maintenance, all the products proposed for waterproofing shall be from the same manufacturer or complying with main waterproofing proposed system. A guarantee of 10 years availability of approved materials shall be submitted by the manufacturer.

Page 55: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07111 Elastomeric membrane Waterproofing

3

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

The waterproofing membrane manufacturer shall be certified within the frame of ISO 9000 series standards. ISO Certificate shall be available for Engineer checking at time of submission.

The manufacturer in house quality control shall be periodically audited by an independent technical office for compliance with Q.C. manual and standard recommendations. Certificates from the technical control office shall be available for Engineer checking.

The manufacturer liability concerning possible materials defect or wrong specification shall be covered by an Insurance Policy valid in Egypt. Certificate from the Insurance Company shall be available for Engineer checking.

Certificates of Compliance; The contractor shall submit certificates of compliance for the materials specified under this section, from the manufacturer laboratories, as well as from the approved testing authorities whether governmental or independent. The certificates shall be submitted to prove that the supplied materials for the project are manufactured and tested according to the specifications within the materials data sheets, when requested by the Engineer.

The Waterproofing Contractor; The materials must be applied by a specialized applicator, which have the experience in modified bitumen waterproofing systems, and have the trained skilled workmanship and all equipments and tools to complete the works specified in this section according to the standards of the industry.

The applicator should have an experience of minimum 5 (five) years in applying similar waterproofing systems, for projects involving not less than 100,000 m2.

The applicator should be certified by the manufacturer, and registered in the Contractor’s Federation.

Guarantee; The materials supplier shall submit a guarantee for a period of 10 (ten) years for the products supplied to the project against manufacturing defects.

The applicator shall submit a guarantee for the installation works for a period of 10 (ten) years, the applicator shall be held responsible to repair/exchange the waterproofing materials, insulation, accessories, and all defects resulting from wrong installation.

1.5 Delivery, Storage and Handling

Materials shall be delivered to the project site in the original sealed containers bearing the name of manufacturer, contents and brand name, and stored in a weather tight enclosure to prevent moisture damage and absorption. Materials shall be protected from freezing. Materials shall be stored off the ground on pallets, and covered on top and all sides with breathable-type canvas tarpaulins. Plastic sheets cause condensation buildup and therefore shall not be used to cover

Page 56: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07111 Elastomeric membrane Waterproofing

4

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

damp proofing materials. Care shall be taken during storage to avoid separation or settlement of the emulsion components. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from the project site.

All materials shall be stored in dry area, out of direct sunlight and according to manufacturer’s instructions (correct rolls position, maximum load and stacking allowed).

In the event that any materials for use in this section deteriorate and become unusable due to inadequate and poor storage they shall be removed from site as instructed by the Engineer and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 Bituminous Sheets

Heavy duty, torch applied bituminous waterproofing membrane 4 mm thick reinforced with a polyester shall be used. The material shall comply with the following technical properties:

Compound properties: Properties Units Value Method of

testing Penetration (250C, 100g, 5s ) dmm 30 ASTM D-5 Penetration (600C, 100g,5s ) dmm 80 ASTM D-5 Softening point (ring & ball) 0C > 150 ASTM D-36 Cold Flexibility (2 mm thick) 0C -10 UE 104-281/6.4 Ash content % 28.0 UNE 104-281/1.7

Membrane characteristics: Properties Units Value Method of

testing Roll length m 10 UNE 104-281/6.2 Roll width m 1 UNE 104-281/6.2 Thickness mm 4 UNE 104-281/6.2 Mass per unit area (MPUA) Kg/m2 4.0 UNE 104-281/6.2 Ortometry (5 m length specimen) mm 10 UNI 8202/5

Cold flexibility, does not break at

0C -7 UNE 104-281/6.4

Heat flow test, does not drop at 0C 120 UNE 104-281/6.3 Volatile material, 2h 1000C % 0.05 UNE 104-281/6.3 Dimensional stability-Longitudinal % ±0.3 UNE 104-281/6.7

Dimensional stability-Transversal % ±0.2 UNE 104-281/6.7

Tensile strength – Longitudinal N/5cm 450 UNE 104-281/6.6 Tensile strength – Transversal N/5cm 450 UNE 104-281/6.6 Longitudinal elongation % 60 UNE 104-281/6.6

Page 57: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07111 Elastomeric membrane Waterproofing

5

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Transversal elongation % 50 UNE 104-281/6.6 Tearing strength – Longitudinal N 90 UNI 8202/9 Tearing strength – Transversal N 90 UNI 8202/9 Static Puncturing --- PS-3 UNI 8202/11 Dynamic Puncturing --- DS-3 UNI 8202/12 Joint tensile strength-Longitudinal N/5cm 450 UNE 104-281/6.6

Joint tensile strength-Transversal N/5cm 450 UNE 104-281/6.6

Impermeability to Water --- absolute ASTM E-96

Permeability to Water Vapor µ 60,000 UNI 8202/23 Adhesion to Concrete N/cm 40 Pelage UEStc

2.2 Metal Flashing

1.5 mm minimum thickness anodized aluminum.

2.3 Mastic Sealant

Components polysulphide sealant.

2.4 Primer

The primer to be used shall comply with ASTM D41.

2.5 Ancillaries

Cover strips: All single ply systems shall be protected at overlaps by a strip of membrane, 200 mm wide.

Angles & corners: All single ply systems shall be reinforced with an extra strip of membrane at all corners & angles, 200 mm wide.

Pipe Penetrations: Shall be fitted with metallic pipe and metallic flange fastened to the structure.

Corners: All external corners shall be rounded (grinded) to 25x25 mm chamfer. Internal corners may be fitted with a 25x25 mm mortar cant.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 Surface Preparation

Surfaces scheduled for waterproofing shall be prepared in accordance with waterproofing manufacturer’s recommendations. Surface preparation shall be approved prior to waterproofing application.

The waterproofing shall be applied over clean, dry and smooth surface.

Page 58: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07111 Elastomeric membrane Waterproofing

6

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Surfaces shall be free of oil, grease, dirt, laitance, loose material, frost, debris and other contaminants. Form ties shall be cut flush with surface. Sharp protrusions and form match lines shall be removed. Holes, voids, spalled areas and cracks, which can damage the damp proofing materials and impair performance, shall be repaired. Rough surfaces shall be purged with a well-adhering coat of cement mortar.

3.2 Application

Two layers of torch applied bituminous sheets of thickness 4 mm each shall be laid perpendicular to each other at wet room area and roofs. Lapping shall be 150mm at sides and ends and shall include a reinforcing lap splice of width 300mm. Upturns at wall sides shall be at least 200 mm.

The waterproofing shall be applied over clean, dry and smooth concrete surface.

All pipes and drains, which have to penetrate the structure, must be in prior to any waterproofing to be installed.

A coat of bituminous primer to ASTM D41 shall be applied with brush or roller at a rate of 0.250 kg/m2 onto the substrate before applying each layer of the torch bituminous sheet, and allowed to cure.

The waterproofing membrane shall then be laid and pressing it onto the primed substrate. At upturns, membrane shall be secured by 4 fasteners per roll’s width and protected by an approved counter flashing system with full coordination with architectural details. All corners and details shall be treated according to manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.3 Protection

The completed waterproofing work shall be protected from damage during and after construction. If membrane is to be exposed, a temporary covering shall be applied to protect the membrane.

3.4 Quality Control

The Contractor shall always ensure the compliance of waterproofing system with Contract requirements.

The Contractor’s representative shall be a qualified engineer having experience in this field, and shall be responsible for the execution of work specified in this section.

Any work, which does not comply with contract specifications, shall be removed and corrected at once.

Page 59: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07111 Elastomeric membrane Waterproofing

7

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3.5 Tests

When required, and after the systems are cured, the membrane shall be tested by flooding the entire waterproofed area with a minimum of 50 mm head of water for a period of 24 hours. Measure water level at the beginning and the end of the 24 hours period. If the water level falls, remove the water and inspect the water proofing membrane. Leak sites shall be marked, dried and repaired and the test shall be repeated.

Page 60: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection

Section 07150 – Damp-proofing

Part 1: General

1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all plant, labor and materials

and performing all operations to provide resistance to ground moisture penetration through foundations, walls and similar surfaces subject to high humidity, dampness, and direct water contact, but not subjected to hydrostatic pressure.

1 01 01 Section Includes 01.0 Damp-proofing of walls, ground slabs, and foundations

02.0 Damp-proof courses

03.0 Damp-proofing of movement joints

04.0 Protection of damp-proofing

05.0 Drainage panels

06.0 Penetrations, transitions and closures in the context of the damp-proofing

1 01 04 Related Sections 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 04200 Masonry 07900 Joint Sealers

1 02 References

1 02 01 Applicable Standards

1 02 01 04 USA Standards

1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM D 41: 94 Standard specification for asphalt primer used in roofing,

dampproofing, and waterproofing

ASTM D 43: 00 Standard specification for coal tar primer used in roofing, dampproofing, and waterproofing

ASTM D 173: 97 Standard specification for bitumen-saturated cotton fabrics used in roofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 226: 97 Standard specification for asphalt-saturated organic felt used in roofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 227: 97 Standard specification for coal-tar-saturated organic felt used in roofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 449: 89 Specification for asphalt used in dampproofing and waterproofing

Page 61: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

ASTM D 450: 96 Specification for coal-tar pitch used in roofing, dampproofing, and waterproofing

ASTM D 1079: 01 Standard terminology of terms relating to roofing, waterproofing, and bituminous materials

ASTM D 1227: 95 Standard specification for emulsified asphalt used as a protective coating for roofing

ASTM D 1327: 97 Standard specification for bitumen-saturated woven burlap fabrics used in roofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 1668: 97 Standard specification for glass fabrics (woven and treated) for roofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 2178: 97 Standard specification for asphalt glass felt used in roofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 2581: 01 Standard specification for Polybutylene (PB) plastic molding and extrusion materials

ASTM D 2823: 90 Standard specification for asphalt roof coating

ASTM D 4068: 01 Standard specification for chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE) sheeting for concealed water-containment membrane

ASTM D 4479: 00 Standard specification for asphalt roof coating – asbestos free

ASTM D 4551: 96 Standard specification for poly (Vinyl/Chloride) (PVC) plastic flexible concealed water-containment membrane

ASTM D 4637: 96 Standard specification for EPDM sheet used in single-ply roof membrane

ASTM D 6162: 00 Standard specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) modified bituminous sheet materials using a combination of polyester and glass fiber reinforcements

ASTM D 6163: 00 Standard specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) modified bituminous sheet materials using glass fiber reinforcements

ASTM D 6164: 00 Standard specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) modified bituminous sheet materials using polyester reinforcements

ASTM E 329: 00 Standard specification for agencies engaged in the testing and/or inspection of materials used in construction.

1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 743: 70 (91) Specification for materials for damp-proof courses,

(partially replaced by BS 6398(83), BS 6515(84), and BS 8215(91)

BS 2000-49+58: 93 Methods of Test for Petroleum and its Products

BS 6100 - Glossary of building and civil engineering terms

BS 6100 – 1.0: 99 General and miscellaneous

BS 6100 - 1.3.1: 98 Walls and cladding

BS 6100 - 1.3.2: 97 Roofs and roofing

BS 6100 - 1.3.3: 97 Floors and ceilings

BS 6100 - 2 Civil engineering

Page 62: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

BS 6100 - 2.2.2: 99 Substructures and foundations

BS 6398: 83 Specification for bitumen damp-proof courses for masonry

BS 6515: 84 (96) Specification for polyethylene damp-proof for masonry

1 02 01 07 German Standards DIN 7864: Sheets of elastomers for waterproofing

DIN 7864 - 1: 84 Terms of delivery

DIN 16729: 88 Ethylene copolymer bitumen (ECB) roofing felt and waterproofing sheet, requirements

DIN 16737: 86 Chlorinated polyethylene (PE-C) roofing felt and waterproofing sheet with woven fabric inner layer

DIN 16738: 92 Plastic sheets for waterproofing made of high density polyethylene (PE-HD)

DIN 16935: 88 Polyisobutylene (PIB) waterproofing sheet

DIN 16937: 88 Plasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC-P) waterproofing sheets compatible with bitumen, requirements

DIN 16938: 86 Plasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC-P) waterproofing sheet incompatible with bitumen, requirements

DIN 18190 – 4: 75 Waterproof sheeting for the waterproofing of buildings; waterproof sheeting with inlay of metal foil; definition, designation, requirements (Amendment 1992).

DIN 18195 - Water-proofing of Buildings

DIN 18195 - 1: 83 Principles, definitions, attribution of water proofing types (Amendment 1998).

DIN 18195 - 2: 83 Materials (Amendment 1998)

DIN 18195 - 3: 83 Requirements to the ground and working properties of materials (Amendment 1998).

DIN 18195 - 4: 83 Damp-proofing against moisture from the ground – Design and workmanship (Amendment 1998).

DIN 18195 - 8: 83 Waterproofing over movement joints

DIN 18195 - 9: 86 Penetrations, transitions, and closures

DIN 18195 - 10: 83 Protective layers and protective measures

DIN 52129: 77 Uncoated bitumen sheeting; term and definition, designation, requirements

DIN 52130: 85 Bitumen roof sealing sheets; term and definition, designation, requirements

DIN 52131: 95 Torch - on bitumen felt, requirements and testing

DIN 52132: 96 Polymeric bitumen roofing felt, requirements and testing

DIN 52133: 95 Torch-on polymeric bitumen felt, requirements and testing

DIN 52143: 85 Bitumen roofing sheets with glass fiber matting; term and definition, designation, requirements

Page 63: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 02 01 08 Canadian Standards CGSB 37-GP-56M: 80 Standard for: membrane, modified, bituminous,

prefabricated, and reinforced for roofing

1 02 02 Codes BS 6576: 85 Code of practice for installation of chemical damp-proof

courses

BS 8000 - Workmanship on building sites

BS 8000 – 4: 89 Code of practice for waterproofing

BS 8102: 90 Code of practice for protection of structures against water from the ground, (partially replaces CP 102:73)

BS 8215: 91 Code of practice for design and installation of damp-proof courses in masonry construction

CP 102: 73 (78) Code of practice for protection of buildings against water from the ground, (partially replaced by BS 8102(90), and BS 8215(91)

1 03 Definitions

1 03 01 Technical Terms Asphalt - a mixture of bitumen with a substantial proportion of inert mineral matter

(sometimes used for the same definition as bitumen)

Asphalt felt - an asphalt saturated felt

Asphalt mastic - a mixture of asphaltic material and graded mineral aggregate that can be poured when heated, but requires mechanical manipulation to apply

Asphalt fillet - Triangular strip of asphalt formed at internal angles as an independent operation

Bitumen – a viscous liquid, or a solid, consisting essentially of hydrocarbons and their derivatives, which is soluble in carbon disulfide; and is substantially non volatile and softens gradually when heated

Bituminous - containing or treated with bitumen. Examples: bituminous concrete, bituminous felts and fabrics, bituminous pavement

Bituminous emulsion - (1) a suspension of minute globules of bituminous material in water or in an aqueous solution; (2) a suspension of minute globules of water or of an aqueous solution in a liquid bituminous material (invert emulsion)

Bitumen felt - Fiber based sheet material saturated with bitumen

Cant strip - a bevelled strip used under flashing to modify the angle at the point where the waterproofing membrane meets any vertical element

Cap flashing - see flashing

Coal tar – a dark brown to black cementitious material produced by the destructive distillation of coal

Coal tar pitch – a dark brown to black, solid cementitious material obtained as residue in the partial evaporation or distillation of coal tar

Counter flashing - formed metal or elastomeric sheeting secured on or into a wall, curb, pipe, roof-top unit, or other surface, to cover and protect the upper edge of a base flashing and its associated fasteners

Damp-proofing - treatment of a surface or structure to resist the passage of water in the absence of hydrostatic pressure

Page 64: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Damp-proof membranes – materials resistant to liquid penetration but not subjected to hydrostatic water pressure

Damp-proof courses – materials resistant to liquid penetration generally in strip form and fixed within uprising structures e.g. masonry walls.

Felt - a flexible sheet manufactured by the interlocking of fibers with a binder or through a combination of mechanical work, moisture, and heat. Felts are manufactured principally from vegetable fibers (organic felts), glass fibers (glass fiber felts); other fibers may be present in each type

Fine granule surfaced bitumen felt - Bitumen felt, the base of which is impregnated and/ or coated with bitumen and surfaced on both sides with fine granular material

Flashing - the system used to seal membrane edges at walls, expansion joints, drains, gravel stops, and other places where the membrane is interrupted or terminated. Base flashing covers the edges of the membrane. Cap or Counterflashing shields the upper edges of the base flashing

Fusion welding - in the fusion welding process, both the underlying surface and the side of the tightly wrapped sheet for fusion welding that faces the underlying surface shall be adequately treated in order to ensure satisfactory bonding

Membrane - a flexible or semiflexible water-proofing, whose primary function is the exclusion of water

Metal foil faced bitumen felt - Bitumen felt, the base of which is impregnated and/ or coated with bitumen, the upper surface being finished with embossed metal foil bonded to it and the under surface with fine granular material

Mockup - a full sized structural model built for study, and testing

Primer - a thin liquid applied to a surface to improve the adhesion of heavier applications of damp-proofing layers and to absorb dust

Protective (protection) layers - layers which protect the waterproofing or dampproofing of buildings durably against damaging influences of static, dynamic and thermal nature.

Reinforced membrane – a waterproofing membrane reinforced with felts, mats, fabric, or chopped fibers

Sealant - a mixture of polymers, fillers, and pigments used to fill and seal joints where moderate movement is expected.

Sheet, sheeting - see membrane

Substrate - the surface upon which the waterproofing membrane is placed

Surface conditioner - see primer

Tanking - see waterproofing

Torch-on – heat bonding using a gas torch

Type I joints - Joints for slowly progressing movements and for movements which occur once only, or which seldom reoccur, such as settlement movements or changes in length due to seasonal temperature fluctuations

Type II joints - Joints for rapidly progressing movements or for movements which occur frequently, such as movements due to varying imposed loads, or changes in length due to daily temperature fluctuations.

Waterproofing - treatment of a surface or structure to prevent the passage of water under hydrostatic pressure

Waterproofing emulsion - an intimate mixture of bitumen and water, with uniform dispersion of the bitumen or water globules, usually stabilized by an emulsifying agent or system

Page 65: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 03 02 Abbreviations PYE = polymeric bitumen modified with rubber

PYP = polymeric bitumen modified with thermoplastic

1 04 System Description

1 04 02 Performance Requirements Unless otherwise indicated, deliver and install the damp-proofing system and, at any

time, comply with basic principles including but not limited to the following:

Damp-proofing against ground moisture shall protect buildings, structures and building components against ground moisture impinging from outside, and shall also protect the underground wall components against seepage water which does not become dammed up. The damp-proofing shall be insensitive to natural waters and to waters arising out of solution from concrete or mortar

Damp-proofing against ground moisture shall not suffer any impairment of its protective action as a result of the anticipated movements of the building components due to shrinkage, temperature fluctuations or settlement.

Damp-proofing shall be capable to carry the expected compressive loads perpendicular to its plane and shall maintain its shape stability at high ambient temperatures.

Penetrations, transitions and closures shall be designed and manufactured so that the requirements to be met by the damp-proofing material and those to be met with respect to stresses due to the action of water are fulfilled. Their functions shall remain despite any structural movement.

Protective layers shall be capable of protecting the damp-proofing against damaging influences of static, dynamic and thermal nature. The type of protective layer to be adopted shall be appropriate to resist the anticipated stresses and other local conditions and factors. Movements and deformations of the protective layers shall not damage the damp-proofing. Where joints in the structure exist, joints shall be provided at the same locations in solid protective layers.

Protective measures shall be provided as temporary protection to the damp-proofing during the progress of construction work.

Protective layers and protective measures shall be in accordance with rules defined in DIN 18195-10 or an equivalent Standard.

Damp-proofing of movement joints shall be designed and installed to prevent water penetrating through the joints into the structures. The damp-proofing of movements joints shall be according to requirements established in DIN 18195-8 or an equivalent Standard. The damp-proofing shall be capable of absorbing the anticipated stresses arising from any joint movements including changes in temperature.

The damp-proofing shall be made up of layer(s) according to requirements defined in DIN 18195-4, NRCA Waterproofing Manual, or an equivalent Standard, and taking in consideration manufacturer’s recommendations.

See Table 1, Annex 6 for typical examples of damp-proofing depending on various damp-proofing materials.

1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Section 1300:

Page 66: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 05 01 Product Data Product data including manufacturer’s certificates of for each item to be furnished,

temperature range for application, manufacturer’s installation instructions and maintenance instructions shall be provided. Manufacturer’s installation instructions shall indicate all special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention.

1 05 02 Shop Drawings The Contractor shall provide number of copies as required by the Engineer, each

signed by him. Working drawings shall indicate damp-proofing membrane used, number of layers, special joint or termination conditions, penetrations, transmissions, closures, protective layers, and conditions of interface with other materials.

1 05 03 Samples Samples of all materials used for damp-proofing shall be submitted to the Engineer

prior to installation for approval.

1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Records and reports of Contractor’s Internal Q.C.

Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C.

1 06 Quality Assurance

1 06 01 Qualifications

1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturer regularly

engaged in manufacture of damp-proofing materials with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer.

1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced

in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work.

The Installers shall be specialized in performing the work of this Section with minimum three years of documented experience unless otherwise agreed.

1 06 01 03 Qualifications of Contractor’s Site Supervisor’s Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at

least five (5) years of documented experience in work similar in design, material, and extent to that indicated for the Project.

1 06 03 Certifications Provide ‘Third Party’ certificates issued by an authorized and independent agency or

laboratory where indicated.

1 06 04 Quality Control At all times material and workmanship procedures will be subject to inspection by the

Engineer. Such inspections and tests will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing material and execution of work in compliance with the specified

Page 67: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

requirements. Any work found defective or which is not in accordance with approved drawings and specification shall at once be corrected.

If any leaking has been found during field Q.C., see ref. 3 04, damp proofing must at once be repaired.

1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal Quality Control shall include but not be limited to:

- Checking suppliers tests certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to specification and referenced standards prior to installation.

- Checking suppliers’ delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification.

- Checking that surfaces to receive damp-proofing are smooth, dry and clean.

- Checking the thickness of damp-proofing felts/ membrane and number of layers applied.

- Checking that time for curing between applications is proper.

- Checking that surfaces previously applied are dry and clean before applying new layers.

- Checking that treated surfaces are protected where indicated.

- Checking installation of damp proofing.

- Checking that welds and lap joints of damp-proofing membranes made in situ are tightened, see field quality.

1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling

1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Materials shall be delivered in manufacturer’s original, unopened rolls or containers

with label intact and legible stating the manufacturer’s brand names, and identification of all items.

1 07 02 Storage and Protection All materials shall be stored at building site strictly according to manufacturer’s

instructions.

All materials shall be kept dry prior to and during application. Rolls or containers shall be stacked horizontally and parallel to each other on a smooth surface, protected from direct sunrays and covered to protect from rain or dust.

1 10 Special Warranty The Contractor shall provide a warranty indicating manufacturers and workmanship warranty completed in Employer’s name and starting from date of final hand-over for the duration of 10 years

Page 68: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 2: Products

2 01 General All Damp-proofing materials shall provide effective protection against ground moisture,

aggressive soils acids, sulfates, and chlorides.

All Damp-proofing materials shall maintain shape stability at high ambient temperatures.

Damp-proofing sheets and membranes shall have dimensional stability, high tear strength, puncture and impact resistance as required by the indicated Standard(s).

2 02 Dampproofing Materials

2 02 01 Bituminous Liquids

2 02 01 01 Cold Applied Bituminous Liquids Cold applied bituminous liquid shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the

requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 18195-2,

01.1 bitumen solution without filler

01.2 bitumen solution with filler

01.3 bitumen emulsion

02.0 ASTM D 1227; emulsified asphalt,

02.1 type I; not applicable

02.2 type II; emulsified asphalt prepared with chemical emulsifying agents and containing mineral fillers

02.3 type III; emulsified asphalt prepared with mineral colloid emulsifying agents, without fibrous reinforcement

02.4 type IV; emulsified asphalt prepared with mineral colloid emulsifying agents and containing fibers other than asbestos

ASTM 4479, type II; asbestos-free asphalt coating

04.0 ASTM 2823, type II; asphalt coating

2 02 01 02 Hot Applied Bituminous Liquids Hot applied bituminous liquid shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the

requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 18195-2,

01.1 bitumen without filler

01.2 bitumen with filler

02.0 ASTM D 449, Type I; Asphalt

Page 69: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 02 01 03 Knifing filler (cold applied) Knifing filler shall be of quality complying with the requirements and tolerance level of

DIN 18195-2, or equivalent

2 02 02 Bitumen Sheets

2 02 02 01 Uncoated Bitumen Sheets Uncoated bitumen sheet shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the

requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 52129, Type R 500 N, or equivalent.

2 02 02 02 Bitumen Sealing Sheets Bitumen Sealing Sheets/ membranes shall be of quality indicated below, complying

with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 ASTM D 173, base membrane material: woven cotton fabrics, average net mass 340 g/m2

02.0 ASTM D 226, base membrane material: organic felt,

02.1 type I

02.2 type II

03.0 ASTM D 227, base membrane material: organic felt

04.0 ASTM D 1327, base membrane material: woven burlap fabrics, average net mass 330 g/m2

05.0 ASTM D 1668, base membrane material: glass fabrics

06.0 ASTM D 2178, base membrane material: glass mat (felt),

06.1 Type III

06.2 Type IV

07.0 DIN 52143/roof sheets/, Type V 13, or equivalent. Base membrane material: glass fibers mat, average net mass 60 g/m2

08.0 DIN 52130/ roof sealing sheets/

08.1 type J 300 DD, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2

08.2 type G 200 DD, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric with a nominal mass of minimum 200 g/m2

08.3 type PV 200 DD, base membrane material: polyester mat with a nominal mass of minimum 200 g/m2

09.0 DIN 18190 / sealing sheets/

09.1 type J 300 D, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2

09.2 type G 220 D, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric with a nominal mass of minimum 220 g/m2

09.3 type AL 0,2 D, base membrane material: aluminum strips of thickness 0,2 mm

09.4 type Cu 0,1 D, base membrane material: copper strip of thickness 0,1 mm

09.5 type PETP 0,03 D, base membrane material: Polyethylenterephthalat foil of thickness 0,03 mm

Page 70: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

10.0 BS 6398,

10.1 class A, with hessian base

10.2 class B, with fiber base

10.3 class C, not applicable

10.4 class D, with hessian base laminated with lead

10.5 class E, with fiber base laminated with lead

10.6 class F, not applicable

2 02 02 03 Bitumen Sheets for Torch-On Application/ Fusion Welding Bitumen sheet shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements

and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 52131,

01.1 type J 300 S 4, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2, membrane thickness 4 mm

01.2 type J 300 S 5, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2, membrane thickness 5 mm

01.3 type G 200 S 4, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric, membrane thickness 4 mm

01.4 type G 200 S 5, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric, membrane thickness 5 mm

type PV 200 S 5, base membrane material: polyester mat, membrane thickness 5 mm

type V 60 S 4, base membrane material: glass fiber mat, membrane thickness 4 mm

2 02 02 04 Modified Bitumen Membranes (APP - Modified) The bitumen shall be modified by blending with ‘atactic polypropylene’ (APP).

Modified bitumen membrane (APP-modified) shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 CGSB 37-GP-56M,

01.1 Grade 1,

01.2 Grade 2,

01.3 base membrane material: non-woven polyester

01.4 base membrane material: non-woven fiberglass

01.5 base membrane material: non-woven polyethylene

01.6 base membrane material: non-woven polypropylene

02.0 DIN 52133 - PYP (torch-on applied membrane),

02.1 type J 300 S 4, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/m2, thickness 4 mm

02.2 type J 300 S 5, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/ m2, thickness 5 mm

02.3 type G 200 S 4, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric with a nominal mass of minimum 200 g/ m2, thickness 4 mm

02.4 type G 200 S 5, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric with a nominal mass of minimum 200 g/ m2, thickness 5 mm

Page 71: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

02.5 type PV 200 S 5, base membrane material: polyester mat with a nominal mass of minimum 200 g/m2, thickness 5 mm

2 02 02 05 Modified Bitumen Membranes (SBS - Modified) The bitumen shall be modified by blending with styrene butadiene styrene (SBS)

thermoplastic elastomer as the primary modifier.

Modified bitumen membrane (SBS-modified) shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 ASTM D 6162 - base membrane material: combination of polyester fabric and glass fiber,

01.1 type I, Grade S, minimum thickness 1,8 mm.

01.2 type II, Grade S, minimum thickness 2,0 mm.

02.0 ASTM D 6163 - base membrane material: glass fiber,

02.1 type I, Grade S, minimum thickness 1,8 mm.

02.2 type II, Grade S, minimum thickness 2 mm.

03.0 ASTM D 6164 - base membrane material: polyester fabric,

03.1 type I, Grade S, minimum thickness 2,2 mm.

03.2 type II, Grade S, with minimum thickness 2,9 mm.

04.0 DIN 52133 - PYE (torch-on applied membrane),

04.1 type J 300 S 4, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/ m2, membrane thickness 4 mm

04.2 type J 300 S 5, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/ m2, membrane thickness 5 mm

04.3 type G 200 S 4, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric with a nominal mass of minimum 200 g/ m2, membrane thickness 4 mm

04.4 type G 200 S 5, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric with a nominal mass of minimum 200 g/ m2, membrane thickness 5 mm

04.5 type PV 200 S 5, base membrane material: polyester mat with a nominal mass of minimum 200 g/ m2, membrane thickness 5 mm

05.0 DIN 52132 – PYE / Polymeric bitumen roofing felt/,

05.1 type J 300 DD, base membrane material: jute hessian with a nominal mass of minimum 300 g/ m2,

05.2 type G 200 DD, base membrane material: textile glass woven fabric with a nominal mass of minimum 200 g/ m2

05.3 type PV 200 DD, base membrane material: polyester mat with a nominal mass of minimum 200/250 g/ m2

2 02 03 Plastic Membranes

2 02 03 01 PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride Plasticized) Membranes The membrane shall be able to be bonded together and watertight during its lifetime.

The bonding procedure shall be in compliance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

PVC membrane shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 16937, membrane compatible with bitumen,

Page 72: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

01.1 membrane thickness 1,2 mm.

01.2 membrane thickness 1,5 mm.

01.3 membrane thickness 2,0 mm.

02.0 DIN 16938, membrane not compatible with bitumen,

02.1 membrane thickness 1,2 mm

02.2 membrane thickness 1,5 mm

02.3 membrane thickness 2,0 mm

03.0 ASTM D 4551

2 02 03 02 (PIB) Polyisobutylene Membranes PIB membranes shall be of high-molecular Polyisobutylene including and shall permit

the production of damp-proof joints by solvent welding.

PIB membrane shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 16935,

01.1 membrane thickness 1,5 mm.

01.2 membrane thickness 2,0 mm.

2 02 03 03 (ECB) Ethylene Copolymer Bitumen Membranes ECB membrane shall be made of ethylene copolymer bitumen with or without

additives.

ECB membrane shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 16729,

01.1 type 1(T1): made of basic materials,

01.2 type 2(T2): made of basic material, but including additives,

01.3 backed with non-woven roving,

01.4 unbacked,

01.5 membrane thickness 1,5 mm

01.6 membrane thickness 2,0 mm

01.7 membrane thickness 2,5 mm

01.8 membrane thickness 3,0 mm

2 02 03 04 (CPE) Chlorinated Polyethylene Membranes CPE membrane shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements

and tolerance level of:

01.0 DIN 16737 Polyethylene-chlorinated (PE-C),

01.1 membrane thickness 1,2 mm

01.2 membrane thickness 1,5 mm

01.3 membrane thickness 2,0 mm

02.0 ASTM D 4068

Page 73: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 02 03 05 (CSPE) Membranes CSPE membrane shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements

and tolerance level of:

01.0 ASTM D 4068

2 02 03 06 Polyethylene Membranes (HDPE) Provide HDPE membrane of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements

and tolerance level of:

01.0 BS 6515,

02.0 DIN 16738 /PEHD/

2 02 04 Vulcanized Rubber Membrane The membrane shall be capable of being bonded together for making watertight field

splices in compliance with manufacturer’s instructions.

2 02 04 01 EPDM (Ethylene-Propylene-diene Terpolymer) Membrane EPDM membrane shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements

and tolerance level of:

01.0 ASTM D4637, Type I,

01.1 grade 1,

01.2 grade 2,

01.3 class U (unreinforced), membrane overall thickness not less than 1,0 mm

01.4 class SR (internally reinforced), membrane overall thickness not less than 1,0 mm

02.0 DIN 7864,

02.1 membrane thickness 1,2 mm

02.2 membrane thickness 1,3 mm

02.3 membrane thickness 1,5 mm

02.4 membrane thickness 2,0 mm

2 02 04 02 CR (Polychloroprene) Membrane CR membrane shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements

and tolerance level of:

01.0 ASTM D4637, Type II,

01.1 grade 1

01.2 grade 2

01.3 class U (unreinforced), membrane overall thickness not less than 1,0 mm

01.4 class SR (internally reinforced), membrane overall thickness not less than 0,76 mm

2 02 04 03 Polybutylene (PB) Membrane PB membrane shall be complying with the requirements and tolerance level of:

01.0 ASTM D2581

Page 74: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

15 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 02 09 Mastic Asphalt (hot Applied) Mastic asphalt shall comply with the requirements and tolerance level of DIN 18195-2,

BS 743 or equivalent.

2 03 Sealant/ Joint Fillers Sealant and joint fillers shall be compatible with the damp-proofing material used.

2 04 Adhesive Materials

2 04 01 Seam Welding Materials Seam welding materials shall be as recommended by membrane manufacturer.

2 04 02 Surface Conditioner/Primer Primer shall be used when required by membrane manufacturer’s site instructions,

and shall be compatible with the substrate.

Surface conditioner or primer shall be of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of one of the following Standards, or an equivalent unless otherwise indicated:

01.0 ASTM D 41, asphaltic primer

02.0 ASTM D 43, creosote primer

03.0 DIN 18195-2, bitumen solution

04.0 DIN 18195-2, bitumen emulsion

05.0 BS 2000: Part 72, BS 8102

06.0 According to membrane manufacturer’s site instructions

07.0 According to fluid membrane manufacturer’s site instructions

2 04 03 Bonding Materials and Topcoating Materials Bonding materials, sealing and topcoating materials shall be as recommended by the

membrane manufacturer.

Provide material of quality indicated below, complying with the requirements and tolerance level of one of the following Standards or an equivalent unless otherwise indicated:

01.0 ASTM D 449

02.0 ASTM D 450

03.0 DIN 18195-2

04.0 BS 8102, BS 2000: Parts 49 and 58

2 04 04 Thinner and Cleaner Thinner and cleaner shall be as recommended by adhesive manufacturer, and

compatible with the damp- proofing membrane.

2 05 Flashings Flashings materials shall be provided for all cases when recommended by the

membrane manufacturer. Flashings materials shall be of quality recommended by the membrane manufacturer.

Page 75: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

16 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 06 Metal Fixing Strips Metal Fixing strips shall be provided in all cases where flashings shall be used. Metal

fixing strips shall be of quality recommended by the flashing material manufacturer.

2 09 Accessories

2 09 01 Materials for Protective Layers Material used as protective layer shall be compatible with the damp-proofing and shall

be capable of withstanding stresses of mechanical, thermal and chemical nature acting on them. Materials shall comply with the requirements of DIN 18195-10 or an equivalent Standard.

2 09 01 01 Protection Boards Protection board made of a strong non-woven polyester base which has been impregnated and coated with a mixture of modified bitumen.

Protecting boards shall be of one of the following types as approved by the Engineer:

01.0 biodegradable hardboard,

02.0 polystyrene foam sheet,

03.0 asphalt wood fiberboard,

04.0 bitumen impregnated glass fiberboard,

05.0 with integral drainage channels,

06.0 minimum thickness 6 mm unless otherwise indicated.

2 09 01 02 Other Protecting Materials Material shall be suitable for the particular stresses arising in each case, and comply

with the requirements of DIN 18195-10 or an equivalent Standard.

Page 76: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

17 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 3: Execution

3 01 General Examination Before commencing installation of damp-proofing, check and make sure that the

following apply:

- base is suitable finished and structurally sound.

- substrate is sufficiently smooth and even textured.

- substrate is sufficiently dry, clean and not contaminated with oil or other deleterious materials.

- the surfaces which join vertical and horizontal construction shall allow for practical lapping and jointing of membranes

- before general laying commences check that any chases required have been cut and service penetrations have been provided and prepared.

- waterstops have been installed where indicated.

3 02 General Preparation Provide suitable equipment designed for heating bitumen and asphalt, as close as

practicable to the work position and so sited and protected that materials can be processed safely.

A working space outside the walls of not less than 600 mm shall be allowed in case of externally applied damp-proofing.

The site shall be kept dry until the structure has been completed. Dewatering or pumping from carefully arranged sumps with appropriate drainage channels shall be continued whilst work in progress and until all loading coats have hardened.

Surfaces to receive damp proofing shall be prepared in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

Apply surface conditioner or primer at a rate as recommended by manufacturer. Protect primed surfaces from rain until dry. Areas left exposed for over 24 hours shall be re-primed.

Joints in the substrate shall be sealed before commencing any damp-proofing work.

3 03 Installation

3 03 01 General All outside surfaces of foundation slabs on ground and external walls in contact with

soil shall receive damp proofing as indicated. The work shall comply with requirements given in NRCA Waterproofing Manual, or DIN 18195, or BS 8000-4, BS 8102, or another equivalent Standard.

Damp-proofing shall be installed only if the prevailing weather conditions are unlikely to have any adverse effect on the material, unless precautions have been taken to ensure that any such effect is precluded.

The damp-proofing by means of membranes shall be made up of layers as indicated and taking in consideration manufacturer’s recommendations.

Apply membranes and all associated accessories in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

There shall be enough time between applying successive layers or coats, taking into account manufacturer’s instructions.

Page 77: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

18 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3 03 02 Workmanship

3 03 02 01 Horizontal Damp-proofing Courses in Masonry Walls The damp-proofing courses shall consist at least of one layer. The support faces for

the damp-proofing courses shall be leveled.

The damp-proofing courses, unless otherwise is indicated, shall not be bonded with adhesive. They shall overlap at the joints by not less than 20 cm.

See guidelines in Tables 1 and 2, Annex 6.

3 03 02 02 Damp-proofing of External Wall Surfaces The sealing arrangements used shall be extended over their entire length to meet the

horizontal damp-proofing courses. Protective measures or protective layers for the damp-proofed wall surfaces shall be provided where indicated. See Clause 3 03 06.

See guidelines in Tables 1 and 2, Annex 6.

3 03 02 03 Damp-proofing of Flooring Surfaces A layer of concrete or an equally stable and rigid base shall be provided as underlying

surface for the damp-proofing. The finished damp-proofing arrangements shall be protected against mechanical damage by means of protective layers where indicated. See Clause 3 03 06.

See guidelines in Tables 1 and 2, Annex 6.

3 03 03 Installation Methods The Contractor shall follow the given installation instructions unless otherwise

indicated or required by manufacturer’s requirements.

3 03 03 01 Loosely Laid Damp-proofing membrane shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer’s

instructions.

The membrane shall be stretched to remove any wrinkles and bubbles.

Items protruding to or penetrating through membrane shall be sealed to provide a watertight connection.

Counter flashing membrane material shall be installed where necessary.

Flexible flashings shall be installed as indicted.

Flashings shall be sealed to membrane and adjoining surfaces as indicated in manufacturer’s instructions.

Sides and ends shall be lapped in accordance with membrane manufacturer’s instructions.

Edges and ends of membrane shall be overlapped and sealed by one or more of the following methods:

- Solvent welding of minimum width 75 mm unless otherwise indicated.

- Heat welding of minimum width 75 mm unless otherwise indicated.

- Contact tape of minimum width 75 mm unless otherwise indicated.

- Contact adhesive of minimum width 75 mm unless otherwise indicated.

3 03 03 02 Adhesive Bonded Primer shall be applied to the substrate, if required by the damp-proofing

manufacturer’s instructions.

Page 78: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

19 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Damp-proofing membrane shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

The membrane shall be stretched to remove any wrinkles and bubbles. Hot applied asphalt bitumen damp-proofing sheets shall be pressed firmly into bitumen.

Items protruding to or penetrating through membrane shall be sealed to provide watertight connections.

Counter flashing membrane material shall be installed where necessary.

Flexible flashings shall be installed as indicated.

Flashings shall be sealed to membrane and adjoining surfaces as required by manufacturer’s instructions.

Sides and ends shall be lapped in accordance with membrane manufacturer’s instructions.

Edges and ends of membrane shall be overlapped and sealed by one or more of the following methods:

- Solvent welding of minimum width 75 mm unless otherwise indicated.

- Heat welding of minimum width 75 mm unless otherwise indicated.

- Contact tape of minimum width 75 mm unless otherwise indicated.

- Contact adhesive of minimum width 75 mm unless otherwise indicated.

3 03 03 04 Torch-On Application Damp-proofing membranes shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s

instructions.

The membrane shall be stretched to remove any wrinkles and bubbles.

The underside of the membrane shall be torched just enough to superficially melt the bitumen. Excessive heating may damage the reinforcement.

Overlaps should be reheated from the top and resealed with a trowel to ensure seam integrity.

Sides and ends shall be lapped in accordance with membrane manufacturer’s instructions.

Items protruding to or penetrating through membrane shall be sealed to provide watertight connections.

Counter flashing membrane material shall be installed where necessary.

Flexible flashings shall be installed as indicted.

Flashings shall be sealed to membrane and adjoining surfaces as required by manufacturer’s instructions.

3 03 04 Damp-proofing over Movement Joints Installation of damp-proofing over movement joints shall comply with requirements

established in DIN 18195-8, or an equivalent Standard.

3 03 05 Damp-proofing at Penetrations, Junctions and Ends Installation of damp-proofing at penetrations, junctions and ends shall be in

accordance with membrane manufacturer’s instructions, working drawings and as specified in DIN 18195-9, or an equivalent Standard.

Page 79: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

20 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3 03 06 Protection Layers Protection layers, which are applied onto the finished damp-proofing, shall be put in

place immediately after completion of the damp-proofing.

Protection layers shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, working drawings, DIN 18195-10 or an equivalent Standard.

In case that drainage panels are in place, the protection layer(s) shall be placed against the drainage panels. The joints shall be butt, and sealed.

3 03 07 Drainage Panels Installation of drainage panels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

Drainage panels shall be placed to direct water downward.

Joints in drainage panels shall be watertight.

3 04 Field Quality Control The Engineer and the Contractor shall jointly check the installation of damp-proofing,

prior to follow-up work.

Welds and lap joints of plastic damp-proofing membranes made in situ shall be tested for tightness according to rules in DIN 18195-3, or an equivalent Standard.

3 07 Protection/Protective Measures Protect all works to ensure that it remains without damage at time of handing over.

Protective measures shall be provided as temporary protection to the damp-proofing during the progress of construction work. They shall be suitably adapted to the duration of the relevant stage of construction.

Protective measures shall be in accordance with requirements specified in DIN 181951-10, or an equivalent Standard.

Page 80: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

21 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 4: Method of Measurement

4 01 General The quantities to be paid for will be measured from drawings.

Work measured by area shall be measured flat. No allowance will be made for overlaps.

Work measured by length shall be measured net and no allowance will be made for overlaps.

Where work is measured by area no deduction will be made for openings not exceeding 1 m2.

4 02 Units of Measurement Measuring of works will be based on the following units:

Area (m2), accounted for separately:

- Damp-proofing - protection layers - drainage panels

Length (m), accounted for separately:

- accessories like flashings, cappings and metal fixing strips - damp-proofing of movement joints

Number of items, accounted for separately:

- penetrations, transitions and closures in the context of the damp-proofing

Page 81: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

22 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 5: Basis of Payment

5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including furnishing all damp-proofing

materials, equipment, tools, storage facilities, all labor, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protective measures.

Material or work, which does not conform to specification, shall be removed or replaced at Contractor’s expense.

5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate Refer to 07100 Part 5 : Basis of Payment

The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit price rates:

01.0 Scaffolding, re-excavation of working spaces outside walls

02.0 Preparation of samples as required by the Engineer

03.0 Preparation of mock-ups as required by the Engineer

04.0 The finished work will include but not be limited to internal and external corners, seam jointing, different attachment methods, counter flashing, expansion joints and control joints.

Page 82: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

23 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Annex: Tables and Figures

6 01 Tables

Table 1: Number of layers for the damp-proofing depending on various damp-proofing materials (DIN 18195-4)

… Continued

Number of layers/coats InstallationHorizontal damp courses in walls

• bitumen roofing sheets in accordance with DIN 52143 or approved equal • bitumen sealing sheets in accordance with DIN 18190 or approved equal • bitumen roofing sealing sheets in accordance with DIN 52130 or approved

equal • Plastic sealing sheets:

DIN 16935 or approved equal DIN 16937 or approved equal DIN 16938 or approved equal DIN 16729 or approved equal

One layer thick at least Loose, not bebonded withadhesive

Damp-proofing of external wall surfaces • bituminous liquid, in accordance with DIN 18195-2 Or approved equal

cold -- -- - - hot -- -- --

• Knifing fillers to be applied cold , in accordance with DIN 18195-2 or approved equal

• uncoated bitumen sheeting, in accordance with DIN 52129 or approved equal • bitumen roofing sheets in accordance with DIN 52143 or approved equal

• bitumen sheets for fusion welding , in accordance with DIN 52131, DIN 52133 or approved equal

• Plastic sealing sheets: PIB, in accordance with DIN 16935 or approved equal ECB, in accordance with DIN 16729 or approved equal PVC-P, in accordance with DIN 16937, 16938 or approved equal PE-E, in accordance with DIN or approved equal

• EPDM, in accordance with DIN 7864 or approved equal

one coat of primer appliedcold plus

not less than three coatsnot less than two coats

not less than two coats plusone coat of primer appliedcold.

The wall shall be preparedby one coat of primerapplied cold plus one layerthickness. In case ofuncoated bitumen sheeting,top coating shall be providedin addition.

The wall shall be preparedby one coat of primerapplied cold, or adhesivecompound. The sheet shallbe applied in single layerthickness.

The coating shallexhibit cohesive andcompletely coveringlayer which shalladhere firmly to theunderling surface.

//

The sheets shall bebonded withadhesive compound.Bitumen sheetingsfor fusion weldingmay also be laid bywelding process.

The sheets shall bebonded by flamefusion process, looswith mechanicalfasteners, or withadhesive compund.

Page 83: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

24 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Table 1: continued

Table 2: Minimum quantities for the application or consumption of damp-proofing and adhesive materials applicable by brushing on or by knifing (DIN 18195-4)

Damp-proofing of flooring surfaces • Uncoated bitumen sheeting, in accordance with DIN 52129 or approved

equal • Bitumen roofing sheets, in accordance with DIN 52143 or approved equal

• Bitumen sealing sheets, in accordance with DIN 18190, DIN 52132 or approved equal

• Bitumen sheets for fusion welding , in accordance with DIN 52131, DIN 52133 or approved equal

• Mastic asphalt

• Plastic sealing sheets: PIB, in accordance with DIN 16935 or approved equal ECB, in accordance with DIN 16729 or approved equal PVC-P, in accordance with DIN 16937, 16938 or approved equal PE-C, in accordance with DIN 16737 or approved equal

• EPDM, in accordance with DIN 7864 or approved equal

At least one layer thickness.

Not less than 0,7 cm thick.

At least one layer thickness.PIB sheets shall be coveredover with protective layer.

The sheets shall be laid loose or bonded at points, or bonded over the entire surface. Uncoated bitumen sheets shall be coated on the underside with a layer of adhesive compound apllied hot, and also be provided with a top coating. Overlaps shall be bonded over their entire surfaces, or welded.

The sheets shall belaid or bonded ontothe underlyingsurface. Overlapsshall be welded.

Damp proofing and adhesivematerials

Densityof solidskg/m3

Quantityconsumed

kg/m2

Quantityof solidskg/m2

Number ofwork-ing

sequences oroperations

Primers1 Bitumen solution 1,0 0,2 to 0,3 - 12 Bitumen emulsion 1,0 to 1,1 0,2 to 0,3 - 1

Top coating materials to be applied cold3 Bitumen solution 1,0 to 1,6 - 1,0 to 1,6 34 Bitumen emulsion 1,1 to 1,3 - 1,1 to 1,3 3

Top coating materials to be applied hot5 Bitumen, with or without filler 1,0 to 1,8 - 2,5 to 4,0 2

Knifing fillers to be applied cold6 Bitumen solution or emulsion 1,3 to 2,0 - 1,3 to 2,0 2

Mastic asphalt7 Mastic asphalt 1,3 to 1,8 - 9,0 to 13 1

Page 84: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

25 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

6 02 Figures

6 02 01 Example of damp-proofing of buildings without basement

(DIN 18195-4)

Fig. 1-a: Flooring with a sub-floor ventilation space

Page 85: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

26 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 1-b: low-lying floor

Page 86: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

27 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

6 02 02 Example of damp-proofing of buildings with basement

DIN 18195-4)

Fig. 2-a: Buildings with masonry walls on strip footings

Page 87: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

28 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 2-b: Buildings with masonry walls on strip footings

Page 88: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

29 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 2-c: Buildings with masonry walls on raft foundation

Page 89: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07150 Dampproofing

30 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 2-d: Buildings with concrete walls on raft foundation

Page 90: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07180 Water Repellents

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection

Section 07180 – Water Repellents

Part 1: General

1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all plant, labor and materials

and performing all operations to provide resistance to moisture penetration on exterior building surfaces such as masonry, plasters, and concrete free from cracks with a surface width exceeding 0.15 mm and above ground level.

1 01 01 Section Includes - Preparation of surfaces

- Application of water repellent

1 01 04 Related Sections 03300 Cast- in-Place Concrete

04200 Unit Masonry

09200 Lath and Plaster

09450 Stone Facing

1 02 References

1 02 01 Applicable Standards

1 02 01 04 USA Standards

1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM D 5095: 97 Standard test method for determination of the nonvolatile

content in Silanes, Siloxanes and Silane-Siloxane blends used in masonry water repellent treatments

ASTM D 5703: 95 Practice for preparatory surface cleaning for clay brick masonry

1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 6100 - Glossary of building and civil engineering terms

BS 6477: 92 Specification for water repellents for masonry surfaces

1 02 01 07 German Standards

1 02 02 Codes BS 6270 - Code of practice for cleaning and surface repair of

buildings

BS 6270 – 1: 82(89) Natural stone, cast stone and clay and calcium silicate brick masonry

Page 91: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07180 Water Repellents

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

BS 6270 – 2: 85 Concrete and precast concrete masonry

1 03 Definitions

1 03 01 Technical Terms Water repellent – a substance that will prevent the wetting of masonry by liquid water

but will allow vapour transmission

Active water repellent – fully cured water repellent deposited on the substrate

Substrate - the surface upon which the water repellent is placed

1 04 System Description

1 04 02 Performance Requirements Water repellents shall be classified according to suitability for use on particular types

of substrate according to requirements defined in BS 6477, or an equivalent Standard, and manufacturer’s recommendations.

See Table 1, Annex 6 for classification of water repellents.

Unless otherwise indicated, deliver and install the water repellent and, at any time, comply with basic principles established in BS 6477 or an equivalent Standard.

The water repellent shall be suitable for use on:

- predominantly siliceous substrate

- predominantly calcareous substrate

- freshly made cementitious materials and other materials of similar alkaline nature

- calcium silicate brickwork substrate

unless otherwise indicated.

1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Section 1300:

1 05 01 Product Data Product data including manufacturer’s certificates for each item to be furnished, the

group of water repellent, the number and date of the Specification to which recommendations the water repellent complies, the manufacturer’s batch number of the date of manufacture and the expiry date, the storage and application temperature.

Manufacturer’s installation instructions shall indicate all special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention.

1 05 02 Shop Drawings

1 05 03 Samples Samples of all materials used, as water repellent shall be submitted to the Engineer

for approval prior to installation.

1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals All reports and records of quality assurance, see ref. 1 06.

Page 92: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07180 Water Repellents

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 06 Quality Assurance

1 06 01 Qualifications

1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturer regularly

engaged in manufacture of water repellent materials with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer.

1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced

in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work.

The Installers shall be specialized in performing the work of this Section with minimum three years of documented experience unless otherwise agreed.

1 06 01 03 Qualifications of Contractor’s Site Supervisor’s Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at

least five (5) years of documented experience in work similar in design, material, and extent to that indicated for the Project.

1 06 04 Quality Control At all times material and workmanship procedures will be subject to inspection by the

Engineer. Such inspections and tests will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing material and execution of work in compliance with the specified requirements. Any work found defective or which is not in accordance with approved drawings and specification shall at once be corrected.

If any defect has been found during field Q.C., see ref. 3 04, water repellent must at once be repaired.

1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal Quality Control shall include but not be limited to:

- Checking suppliers tests certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to specification and referenced standards prior to installation.

- Checking suppliers’ delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification.

- Checking that surfaces to receive water repellents are dry and clean.

- Checking application of water repellent, see ref. 3 04.

- Checking that the group of water repellent to be used is suitable for use on the particular type of substrate.

1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling

1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Materials shall be delivered in manufacturer’s original, unopened sealed containers

with label intact and legible stating the manufacturer’s brand names, and identification of all items.

Page 93: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07180 Water Repellents

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 07 02 Storage and Protection All materials shall be stored at building site strictly according to manufacturer’s

instructions.

Emulsion type repellents shall be stored at temperatures above freezing point and solvent-based repellents shall be stored at temperatures below their flashpoint.

Page 94: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07180 Water Repellents

5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 2: Products

2 01 Water Repellents Liquid asphalt coating is not included under this section because it is not commonly

used as water repellants

Water repellent shall be suitable for use on the substrate and shall comply with the requirements of BS 6477 or an equivalent Standard, regarding:

- Early water repellency,

- Absorption of water,

- Evaporation of water,

- Durability.

Page 95: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07180 Water Repellents

6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 3: Execution

3 01 General Examination Before commencing application of water repellents, check and make sure that the following apply:

- base is suitable finished, free from cracks with a surface width larger than 0.15 mm and structurally sound.

- Substrate is sufficiently dry, free from contamination such as oil, grease, loose particles, decayed matter, moss, algae growth, laitance and all traces of mould release oils and curing compounds.

3 02 General Preparation Surfaces to receive water repellent shall be prepared in accordance with the

requirements of BS 6270, ASTM D 5703, or other equivalent Specification, and manufacturer’s instructions.

Cracks of surface width greater than 0.15 mm and defective mortar joints shall be made good. The surface of the wall shall normally be visibly dry at the time of application of water repellent; otherwise an aqueous repellent shall be used according to BS 6477.

3 03 Application of Water Repellent The viscosity of the water repellent solution shall be such that it can be applied to the

surface in sufficient quantity at the coverage rate recommended by the manufacturer. The appropriate class of water repellent to all exterior surfaces shall be applied above damp-proof course level. Water repellents shall be applied to complete surfaces.

Unless otherwise required, water repellent shall be applied as a single generous or flood coat by brush or spray at the appropriate application temperature, in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, BS 6477 or an equivalent Standard.

3 04 Field Quality Control The Engineer and the Contractor shall jointly check the application of water repellent,

prior to follow-up work.

3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning

3 07 Protection Parts of the structure adjoining the surfaces to be treated with water repellent shall be

protected in accordance with requirements specified in BS 6270, or an equivalent Standard.

3 08 Schedules The Contractor shall provide schedules of works, coordinated with other trades, prior

to commencing with installation.

Page 96: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07180 Water Repellents

7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 4: Method of Measurement

4 01 General The quantities to be paid for will be measured from drawings.

Work measured by area shall be measured flat.

Where work is measured by area no deduction will be made for openings not exceeding 1 m2.

4 02 Units of Measurement Work will be measured by area (m2).

Page 97: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07180 Water Repellents

8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 5: Basis of Payment

5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including furnishing all materials, equipment,

tools, storage facilities, all labor, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning.

Material or work, which does not conform to specification, shall be removed or replaced at Contractor’s expense.

5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate Refer to 07100 Part 5 : Basis of Payment

The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate:

01.0 scaffolding

02.0 preparation of samples as required by the Engineer

Page 98: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07180 Water Repellents

9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Annex: Tables and Figures

6 01 Tables

Table 1: Classification of water repellents (BS 6477)

Group General description of substrate

Examples

1 Predominantly siliceous

All fired-clay surfaces. Sandstones, e.g. Darley Dale, Wealden, St. Bees, Blaxter and Hollington stone. Mature and other hydraulic cement-based materials, e.g. cement and cement-lime renderings. Fiber reinforced cement.

2 Predominantly calcareous

Natural limestone, e.g. Portland, Bath. Hopton Wood, Clipsham, Weldon, Doulting, Caen. Cast stone made using hammer compacted factory processes.

3 Freshly made cementitious materials and other materials of similar alkaline nature

New or repaired surfaces where brickwork or stonework has been bonded, painted or rendered with cement based materials (see note 3)

4

Calcium silicate brickwork

NOTE 1: If in doubt, the type of surface to be treated should be reported to the manufacturer so that the most appropriate group may be recommended on the basis of experience or laboratory tests.

NOTE 2: Some repellents are suitable for use on more than one substrate.

NOTE 3: When considering new work or repair, a group 3 water repellent should be used unless the mortar is allowed to cure or mature for at least 1 month before the application of the repellent to the structure.

Page 99: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection

Section 07200 - Insulation

Part 1: General

1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and

materials, and performing all operations in connection with insulation.

1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Polystyrene Boards

02.0 Polyurethane Boards

03.0 Mineral Fiber Products

04.0 cementations Wood Fiber Boards

05.0 Perlite Products

1 01 04 Related Sections 03300 Cast-in Place Concrete 04200 Unit Masonry 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding 07500 Membrane Roofing 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

1 02 References

1 02 01 Applicable Standards

1 02 01 04 USA Standards

1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM C165 : 00 Standard Test Method for Measuring

Compressive Properties of Thermal Insulation

ASTM C177 : 97 Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot Plate Apparatus

ASTM C332 : 99 Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Insulating Concrete

ASTM C495 : 99 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Lightweight Insulating Concrete

ASTM C520 : 98 Standard Test Methods for Density of Granular Loose Fill Insulation

Page 100: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

ASTM C553 : 00 Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket thermal insulation for commercial and industrial applications and Felt Insulation

ASTM C578 : 00 Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation

ASTM C612 : 00 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation

ASTM D1621 : 00 Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics

ASTM D2842 : 97 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics

ASTM D4258 :83 Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating (Amendment 1992)

ASTM D4261 :83 Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete Unit Masonry for Coating (Amendment 1993).

ASTM E96 : 00 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials

1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 476 Fire tests on building materials and structures

BS 476 - Pt.20 : 87 Method for determination of the fire resistance of elements of construction (general principles)

1 02 01 07 German Standards DIN 1101 : 00 Wood wool slabs and multilayered slabs as insulating material;

in buildings; Requirements and testing

1 03 Definitions

1 03 01 Technical Terms compatibility - the capability of two or more materials to be placed in contact or close

proximity with one another and each material maintaining its usual physical or chemical properties, or both.

wythe - wall member of a multi-skin wall

1 03 02 Abbreviations deg. C degree Celsius

max. maximum min. minimum kPa kilo Pascal RH Relative Humidity UL Underwriters Laboratories (US)

1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification

Section 01300.

Page 101: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of insulation material, including label compliance

and fire-ratings.

1 05 02 Shop Drawings

1 05 03 Samples Samples of all materials used for insulation shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to

installation for approval.

1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of Contractor’s site supervisor(s) (see ref. 1 06 01 02)

Certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced Standards and requirements of local authorities.

Records and reports of Contractor’s Internal Q.C..

Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C..

1 06 Quality Assurance

1 06 01 Qualifications

1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers

regularly engaged in this work, with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer.

1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced

in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced Standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience.

1 06 03 Certifications Provide 'Third Party' certificates issued by an authorized and independent agency or

laboratory where indicated.

1 06 04 Quality Control

1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal Quality Control shall include but not be limited to:

Checking suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform with specification and referenced Standards prior to application or installation.

Checking suppliers delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification.

Page 102: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling

1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver materials to site originally packed by manufacturer. Protect materials during

delivery to comply with manufacturer’s directions. Damaged materials shall be replaced at Contractor's cost.

1 07 02 Storage and Protection Store materials at building site strictly according to manufacturer’s instructions. Store

products in a dry and ventilated place.

Part 2: Products

2 01 Rigid Materials

2 01 01 Polystyrene

2 01 01 01 Expanded Polystyrene

2 01 01 01 01 Roof Deck Insulation Boards

2 01 01 01 02 Cavity Wall Insulation Boards 01.0 Expanded polystyrene boards shall have a rigid structure and good

mechanical properties. All edges shall have tongue and groove for eliminating thermal bridges. Boards shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C578 or an equivalent Standard.

02.0 Density shall be min. 24 kg/m3

03.0 Thermal conductivity at 24 deg C shall be max. 0,035 W/m*K (Watt / meter x degree Kelvin) when tested according to ASTM C177 or an equivalent Standard.

04.0 Compressive strength at 10 % deflection shall be min.70 KPA when tested according to ASTM D1621 or an equivalent Standard.

05.0 Water Absorption shall be less than 3 % in volume, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2842 or an equivalent Standard..

2 01 01 01 03 EIFS - Exterior Insulation and Finish System

2 01 01 02 Extruded Polystyrene

2 01 01 02 01 Roof Deck Insulation Boards

2 01 01 02 02 Cavity Wall Insulation Boards Extruded polystyrene boards for cavity wall insulation are normally available in

thicknesses of 30, 40, 50 and 100mm.

01.0 Cavity wall insulation boards of extruded polystyrene shall have a rigid, closed cell structure, with a high resistance to water absorption and good mechanical properties. All edges shall have tongue and groove for eliminating thermal bridges.

02.0 Density shall be min. 26 kg/m3

Page 103: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

03.0 Thermal conductivity at 24 deg. C shall be max. 0,029 W/m, K (Watt / meter x degree Kelvin) when tested according to ASTM C177 or an equivalent Standard.

04.0 Compressive strength at 10 % deflection shall be min. 140 KPA when tested according to ASTM D1621 or an equivalent Standard.

05.0 Water Absorption shall be less than 0,2 % in volume, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2842 or an equivalent Standard.

06.0 Water vapor permeability at 23 deg. C shall be max. 2,0 ng/Pa.m.s (nanogramm / Pascal x meter x second) when tested according to ASTM E96 or an equivalent Standard.

2 01 01 02 03 EIFS - Exterior Insulation and Finish System The following specification is based on a local available system. Any other system

proposed by the Contractor shall be approved by the Engineer. ( see Annex 6, figure 1).

01.0 Surface Preparation Use one of the following primers, whichever fits the existing conditions better: - a solvent-based, deep penetrating substrate hardener and sealer - a water-based surface sealer and adhesion intermediary.

02.0 Adhesive Adhesive shall be polymer-based.

03.0 Insulation board

03.1 Insulation boards of extruded polystyrene without skin shall have a rigid, closed cell structure, with a high resistance to water absorption and good mechanical properties.

03.2 Density shall be min. 26 kg/m3

03.3 Thermal conductivity at 24 deg. C shall be max. 0,029 W/m. K (Watt / meter x degree Kelvin) when tested according to ASTM C177 or an equivalent Standard.

03.4 Compressive strength at 10 % deflection shall be min. 150 KPA when tested according to ASTM D1621 or an equivalent Standard.

03.5 Water Absorption shall be less than 0, 2 % in volume, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2842 or an equivalent Standard..

03.6 Water vapor permeability at 23 deg. C shall be max. 2,0 ng/Pa.m.s (nanogramm / Pascal x meter x second) when tested according to ASTM C553 or an equivalent Standard.

03.7 Maximum board size shall be. 120 x 60 cm.

04.0 Ground Coat A ready mixed, noncementitious, 100 % acrylic copolymer emulsion-based coat, that is water-resistant, vapor permeable, glass fiber-reinforced and noncapillary.

05.0 Reinforcing Fabric Fiber mesh with symmetrical, interlaced glass fiber made from twisted multi-end strands with alkaline resistant coating, min. 20 g/m2.

06.0 Finish The finish shall be an exterior, ready-mixed, acrylic-based wall coatings of type, texture, color and aggregate size as indicated, or selected by the Engineer. The lightness value of the color shall be min 20 % and color fastness shall be min. 7

Page 104: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 01 01 02 04 Insulation Boards for Concrete Skeleton 01.0 Insulation boards for insulation of concrete skeleton of extruded

polystyrene shall have a rigid, closed cell structure. One side shall be grooved for good adhesion of concrete.

02.0 Density shall be min. 26 kg/m3

03.0 Thermal conductivity at 24 deg. C shall be max. 0,029 W/m. K (Watt / meter x degree Kelvin) when tested according to ASTM C177 or an equivalent Standard.

04.0 Compressive strength at 10 % deflection shall be min. 250 KPA when tested according to ASTM D1621 or an equivalent Standard.

05.0 Water Absorption shall be less than 1 % in volume, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2842 or an equivalent Standard..

06.0 Water vapor permeability at 23 deg. C shall be max. 2,0 ng/Pa,m,s (nanogramm / Pascal x meter x second) when tested according to ASTM E96or an equivalent Standard.

2 01 01 02 05 Insulation Boards for Parking Decks 01.0 Insulation boards for parking decks of extruded polystyrene shall

have a highly rigid, closed cell structure. All edges shall have tongue and groove for eliminating thermal bridges.

02.0 Density shall be min. 45 kg/m3

03.0 Thermal conductivity at 24 deg. C shall be max. 0,026 W/m. K (Watt / meter x degree Kelvin) when tested according to ASTM C177 or an equivalent Standard.

04.0 Compressive strength at 10 % deflection shall be min. 700 KPA when tested according to ASTM D1621 or an equivalent Standard.

05.0 Water Absorption shall be less than 1 % in volume, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2842 or an equivalent Standard..

06.0 Water vapor permeability at 23 deg. C shall be max. 2,0 ng/Pa*m*s (nano gramm / Pascal x meter x second) when tested according to ASTM E96 or an equivalent Standard.

2 01 02 Polyurethane

2 01 02 02 Cavity Wall Insulation Boards Polyurethane boards shall have a rigid structure and good mechanical properties.

01.0 Nominal thermal conductivity shall be less than 0,03 (W/m. deg. C), or as otherwise indicated.

02.0 The compressive resistance shall be min. 100 kPa at 10 % deformation, when tested according to ASTM C165 or an equivalent Standard.

03.0 Closed cell content shall be min. 90 %.

2 01 03 Mineral Fiber

2 01 03 02 Cavity Wall Insulation Boards Mineral fiber insulation boards are normally available in sizes of 25, 38 and 51 mm thickness; in densities

of 24 to 112 kg/m3; with 3 types of facings: Kraft, Foil, FRK (foil reinforced Kraft), which provide different degrees of vapor permeability, from 1 PERM down to 0,2 PERM.

Page 105: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

01.0 Mineral fiber boards for cavity wall insulation shall be composed of fine, stable and uniformly textured mineral fibers, bonded together by non-water soluble and fire-retardant thermosetting resin, and formed into rectangular, semi-rigid board with a min. density of 48 kg/m3, unless otherwise indicated.

02.0 Boards shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C612, Class 1, or an equivalent Standard.

03.0 Moisture absorption shall be less than 0,2 % by volume, when tested according to ASTM C 553 (95 % RH, 49 deg. C, 96 hours) or an equivalent Standard.

04.0 Nominal thermal conductivity shall be less than 0,035 (W/m. deg. C), unless otherwise indicated.

2 01 04 Cementitious Wood Fiber Boards

This type of insulation board is mainly used as inlay to formwork. The sandwich boards consist of a core of polystyrene or mineral fiber and two cementitious wood fiber facings each 5 mm. They are generally available in thicknesses of 25, 35, 50, 60, 75, and 100 mm.

Cementitious wood fiber boards and sandwich composite boards for insulation of concrete skeleton shall meet the requirements of DIN 1101 or an equivalent Standard.

2 02 Flexible Materials

2 02 01 Mineral Fiber

Mineral fiber insulation for Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings is available in standard sizes: 25, 38, 50, 64, 75,89, 100,150 mm.

2 02 01 01 01 'Pre-Engineered Metal Building Insulation'

'Pre-Engineered Metal Building Insulation' shall be a highly efficient, lightweight, flexible blanket insulation for being used in roofs and walls of metal buildings.

01.0 Density shall be between 10 and 12 kg/m3, unless otherwise indicated.

02.0 Moisture absorption shall be less than 0,2 % by volume, when tested according to ASTM C 553 (95 % RH, 49 deg. C, 96 hours) or an equivalent Standard.

03.0 Nominal thermal conductivity shall be less than 0,04 (W/m, deg. C), unless otherwise indicated.

2 02 01 01 02 Facings shall be factory applied as follows: * 01.0 FRK (foil reinforced Kraft) or,

* 02.0 WMSK (white metalized scrim Kraft) or,

* 03.0 White Vinyl

Page 106: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 03 Granulated Materials

2 03 01 Perlite

2 03 01 01 Cavity Wall Loose Fill Insulation Perlite for cavity wall insulation shall be within a density range of 80 to 130 kg/m3,

unless otherwise indicated. Testing shall be according to ASTM C520 or an equivalent Standard. Thermal Conductivity shall be between 0,04 and 0,06 W/m, K.

2 03 01 02 Perlite Insulation-Concrete Perlite Concrete is mainly used for providing a sloped insulation above roof decks, or

for insulating of floors where non-combustibility and high compressive strength is needed. Perlite Concrete for insulation purposes shall be produced by mixing perlite with cement and water in ratios indicated in Annex 6, Table 1 Physical properties for the different mixes shall be as indicated in Annex 6.

Perlite aggregate shall meet the requirements of ASTM C332 or an equivalent Standard. Testing of compressive strength shall be done according to ASTM C495 or an equivalent Standard.

Provide perlite insulating concrete as follows:

* 01 0 Category A

* 02.0 Category B

* 03.0 Category C

* 04.0 Category D

Page 107: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 3: Execution

3 01 General Examination Examine structure where work of this Section will be installed. Correct conditions

detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Verify that materials to be used for the work comply with requirements in specifications and schedules. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3 02 General Preparation

3 03 Installation

3 03 01 Cavity Wall - Board Insulation The structural wall shall be smooth and clean. Boards shall be installed the long edge

horizontal and staggered. They shall be fixed either mechanically by means of wall ties, or bonded with suitable adhesive. Use a min. of 4 (four) dowels per m2, unless there is no other requirement by the boards manufacturer

3 03 02 Cavity Wall - Loose Fill Insulation Perlite loose fill insulation material shall be poured into the wall cavities in layers. It

has to be taken care that the cavity stays free of mortar while laying the blocks of the exterior wythe.

3 03 03 EIFS - Exterior Insulation and Finish System

3 03 03 01 Examination 01.0 Inspect surface for contamination, cracks and other deterioration.

02.0 Check moisture content to determine whether the surface is dry enough to receive EIFS.

03.0 Check surface for deviation from plane (max. 6 mm within 2,50 m).

3 03 03 02 Surface preparation 01.0 Remove surface contaminants (see ASTM D4258 and ASTM

D4261)

02.0 Apply conditioner by sprayer or roller to chalking or excessively absorptive surfaces.

03.0 Repair damaged or cracked surfaces.

04.0 Level surface to comply with required tolerances.

3 03 03 03 Installation 01.0 Install EIFS strictly in compliance with manufacturer's published

instructions.

02.0 Provide joints in the EIFS wherever joints occur in the substrate.

03.0 Provide joints wherever the EIFS meets dissimilar materials.

Page 108: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3 03 04 Insulation of Concrete Skeleton 01.0 Insulation boards shall be laid into the formwork before concreting.

Joints shall be staggered and well butted together.

02.0 In case the boards manufacturer does not provide a certificate which proves that the surface constitution of the insulation material implies sufficient contact to the concrete, they shall additionally be fixed as follows by using 6 (six) plastic dowels per m2.

3 03 05 Pre-Engineered Metal Building Insulation See example for roof insulation Annex 7, figure 1 + 2. The following execution

specification is one of several solutions. Provide your own specification if the construction system is of a different nature!

01.0 Provide mineral fiber insulation blanket with indicated thickness and facing.

02.0 Apply the insulation over the structural members (purlins). Follow manufacturer's instructions for a required additional support, depending on the span (distance of purlins).

03.0 Support the metal cladding by spacers to prevent an undesired compression.

3 04 Field Quality Control

3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Clean adjacent surfaces of any excess materials. Clean work area and remove debris

from site upon completion.

3 06 Demonstration

3 07 Protection Protect completed installation from damage and weather as appropriate.

3 08 Schedules Contractor shall provide schedules of his works, coordinated with other trades, prior to

commencing with installation.

Page 109: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 4: Method of Measurement

4 01 General The quantities to be paid for will be measured from drawings.

4 02 Units of Measurement Insulation will be measured according to different thicknesses by m2

Voids not exceeding 1 m2 will not be deducted.

Reveals which are receiving insulation for openings > 1 m2 will be measured separately by m length.

Page 110: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 5: Basis of Payment

5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including furnishing all material, equipment,

tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labor, samples, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting.

5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate Refer to 07100 Part 5 : Basis of Payment

The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate and will not be measured separately.

Preparation of substrates to meet the required conditions for applying the Exterior Insulation Finishing System (EIFS).

Page 111: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Annex: Tables and Figures

6 01 Tables

Table 1: Proposed Mix Designs for Perlite Insulating Concrete

Category Cement/ PerliteRatio by Volume

Cementkg

PerliteM

Water Ltrs.

Air EntrainingAgent Ltrs.

A 1:4 375 1,0 300 4,1

B 1:5 300 1,0 290 4,1

C 1:6 250 1,0 270 4,1

D 1:8 188 1,0 270 4,1

Table 2: Physical Properties of proposed Mix Designs for Perlite Insulating Concrete

Perlite/ Cement Ratio

by Volume

Compressive Strength Range

KPa

Oven DryDensity kg/m3

Dry Density Range kg/m3

Wet Density Range kg/m3

Thermal Conductivity

W / m,K

1:4 2413 - 3447 576 544 - 640 808±32 0.10 - 0.11

1:5 1585 - 2344 488 448 - 544 728±32 0.09 - 0.10

1:6 965 - 1378 432 384 - 448 648±32 0.08 - 0.09

1:8 552 - 861 352 320 - 384 584±32 0.07 - 0.08

Page 112: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

6 02 Figures

Fig. 1 : EIFS-System

Page 113: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

15 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 2 : Doweling Scheme for 4 dowels per m2

Fig. 3: Doweling Scheme for 6 dowels per m2

Page 114: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07200 Insulation

16 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Annex: Specific Information

7 01 Pre-Engineered Metal Building Insulation

Fig. 1: Cross Section

Fig. 2: Longitudinal Section

Page 115: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

07210 – BUILDING INSULATION (Rock Wool)

Page 116: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal&MoistureProtection Section 07210 Rock Wool

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION (ROCK WOOL)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION: This section specifies thermal insulation using rock wool materials for the new buildings of veterinary Training College, Al Fateh University at Tripoli, Libya.

1.2 SUBMITTALS: The contractor shall submit in accordance with Section 01340, the followings • Samples of insulation materials • Shop Drawings • Manufacturer's Literature and Data including the type of

insulation materials, adhesive and tape. • Certificates: Stating the type, thickness and "R" value (thermal

resistance) of the insulation to be installed.

1.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING: Insulation materials shall be stored in weathertight enclosure. They shall be protected from damage from handling, weather and construction operations before, during, and after installation.

1.4 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by basic designation only. (A) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

C516-02 .............................Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation C549-02 .............................Perlite Loose Fill Insulation C552-2000 .........................Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation. C553-02 Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for

Commercial and Industrial Applications C578-01 .............................Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation C591-01 Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocynurate

Thermal Insulation C612-00 .............................Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation

Page 117: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal&MoistureProtection Section 07210 Rock Wool

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

C665-01 Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing

C728-97 Perlite Thermal Insulation Board C954-00 Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum

Panel Products or Metal Plaster Base to Steel Studs From 0.033 (0.84 mm) inch to 0.112 inch (2.84 mm) in thickness

C1002-01 Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the

Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs

F1667-02 Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes and Staples.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSULATION – GENERAL: The thickness of insulation materals shall be as shown on the drawings to provide the thermal resistance specified. Insulation Products shall comply with following minimum content standards for recovered materials:

Material Type Percent by Weight

Extruded Polystyrene (Rigid Foam) 9 percent recovered material

Rock wool material 75 percent recovered material

The minimum-content standards are based on the weight (not the volume) of the material in the insulating core only.

2.2 Roof INSULATION: Polystyrene Board (rigid foam): comply with ASTM C578, with minimum thickness of 50 mm and minimum density of 32kg/cubic meter.

2.3 EXTERIOR walls Rock wool : Pure rock wool or mixes of rock wool and slag wool together.

2.4 FASTENERS: Staples or Nails: ASTM F1667, zinc-coated, size and type best suited for

purpose.

Page 118: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal&MoistureProtection Section 07210 Rock Wool

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Screws: ASTM C954 or C1002, size and length best suited for

purpose with washer not less than 50 mm (two inches) in

diameter.

Impaling Pins: Steel pins with head not less than 50 mm (two inches) in

diameter with adhesive for anchorage to substrate.

Provide impaling pins of length to extend beyond

insulation and retain cap washer when washer is placed

on the pin.

2.5 ADHESIVE: The used adhesive materials shall be from the recommended type by the manufacturer of the insulation.

2.6 TAPE: The used tape shall be pressure sensitive adhesive on one face with perm rating of not more than 0.50.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL • Install insulation with the vapor barrier facing the heated side, unless

specified otherwise. • Install rigid insulating units with joints close and flush, in regular courses

and with cross-joints broken. • Install batt or blanket insulation with tight joints and filling framing void

completely. Seal cuts, tears, and un-lapped joints with tape. • Fit insulation tight against adjoining construction and penetrations, unless

specified otherwise.

3.2 PERIMETER INSULATION: • Install rock wool and applied in accordance with recommendations of

insulation manufacturer. • Back insulation around door frames and windows and in building

expansion joints, door soffits and other voids. Pack behind outlets around pipes, ducts, and services encased in walls. Open voids are not permitted. Hold insulation in place with pressure sensitive tape.

• Seal all penetrations through the insulation.

Page 119: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal&MoistureProtection Section 07210 Rock Wool

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3.3 RIGID INSULATION ON roof SURFACE • Applied the extruded polystyrene in accordance with recommendations of

insulation manufacturer. • Bond insulation to concrete floors in attic by coating surfaces with hot

steep asphalt or with nonflammable adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.

Page 120: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

07220 - ROOFING SYSTEM

Page 121: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07220 Roofing System

1

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

SECTION 07220: ROOFING SYSTEM

1. GENERAL

1.1 Scope

This guide specification covers the requirements for thermal insulation and waterproofing of roof system of the building.

1.2 References

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only.

AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE

ANSI A208.1 (1989) Wood Particleboard

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

ASTM C 208 (1972, R 1982) Insulating Board (Cellulosic Fiber),

Structural and Decorative. ASTM C 552 (1991) Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation. ASTM C 578 (1992) Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene. Thermal insulation ASTM C 726 (1988) Mineral Fiber Roof Insulation Board. ASTM C 728 (1991) Perlite Thermal Insulation Board. ASTM C 984 (1983) Perlite Board and Rigid Cellular Polyurethane

Composite Roof Insulation. ASTM C 1013 (1985) Membrane – Faced Rigid Cellular Polyurethane

Roof Insulation. ASTM C 1050 (1991) Rigid Cellular Polystyrene – Cellulosic Fiber

Composite. ASTM D 41 (1985) Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Damp proofing,

and Waterproofing. ASTM D 312 (1989) Asphalt Used in Roofing. ASTM D 4586 (1986) Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos Free. ASTM D 4897 (1989) Asphalt – Coated Glass – Fiber Venting Base

Sheet Used in Roofing.

1.3 Submittals

Page 122: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07220 Roofing System

2

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

A. Engineer’s approval is required for submittals designations; the following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300 Submittals Procedures:

1. Insulation manufacturer’s recommendations for the application

and installation of insulation. 2. The inspection procedure for insulation installation, prior to start

of roof insulation work. 3. Certificates of compliance for the materials.

1.4 Storage of Materials

Insulation shall be kept dry at all times, before, during, and after delivery to the site and shall be stored in an enclosed building. Wet insulation, shall be permanently removed from the site.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 Bituminous Materials

Bituminous sheet according to Section 07111.

2.2 Insulation

Insulation shall be a standard product of the manufacturer and shall be factory marked with the manufacturer’s name or trademark, the material specification number, the R-value at 24 degrees C, and the thickness. Insulation and fiberboard and shall contain the highest practicable percentage of material which has been recovered or diverted.

2.2.1 Polystyrene 50mm thick, of density 40 of k/m3, Rigid board closed cell extruded polystyrene foam board with rebated edges compressive strength not less than 40 psi and shall be cut square and clean. ASTM C 578, Type II, IV, or X.

2.3 Nails and Fasteners

Note: Delete references to fasteners where they are not required. Nails and fasteners shall conform to the following requirements:

2.3.1 Nails for Fastening Insulation to Flush Mounted Wood Nailers FS FF-N-105, Type II, Style 20, of sufficient length to hold insulation securely in place.

2.3.2 Fasteners

Page 123: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07220 Roofing System

3

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Insulation manufacturer’s recommendations except holding power, when driven, shall be not less than (178 n) (534 N) each in steel deck. Fasteners for steel or concrete decks shall conform to FM P7825 for Class I roof deck construction, and shall be spaced to withstand an uplift pressure of 2.87 kPa.

2.3.3 Metal Disks Flat and not less than 0.39 mm thickness. Disks used with nails or fasteners for securing fiberboard insulation shall be minimum 25 mm diameter. Disks used with nails or fasteners for securing other board insulation shall be minimum 53 mm in diameter.

3. EXECUTION

3.1 Coordination Requirements

Insulation and roofing membrane shall be finished in 1 operation up to the line of termination at the end of each day’s work. Completed sections shall be waterproofed when more than 1 day is required to finish the roofing. Phased construction will not be permitted.

3.2 Environmental Conditions

Air temperature shall be above 4 Degrees C and there shall be no visible moisture on the roof deck when the insulation and roofing are installed.

3.3 Substrate Preparation

The substrate construction of any bay or section of the building shall be completed before insulation or vapor retarder work is begun thereon. Vents and other items penetrating the roof shall be secured in position and properly prepared for flashing. Substrate surface shall be smooth, clean, and dry at time of application.

Page 124: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07220 Roofing System

4

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3.4 Water Proofing

Bituminous sheets according to section 07111.

3.5 Tests

When required and after the systems is cured the membrane for roofing shall be tested by flooding the entire waterproofed area with a minimum of 50 mm head water for a period of 24 hours. Measure water level at the beginning and the end of the 24 hours period. If the water level falls remove the water and inspect the water proofing membrane. Leak sites shall be marked, dried and repaired and the test shall be repeated.

3.6 Application of Insulation

Insulation must be secured to the deck when placed under the roof membrane. Units of insulation shall be laid in courses parallel with the roof slope. End joints shall be staggered. Insulation shall be cut to fit neatly against adjoining surfaces. Joints between insulation boards shall not exceed 6 mm. Insulation shall be applied so that all roof insulation applied each day is waterproofed the same day. Phased construction will not be permitted. Polystyrene shall not be exposed to solvent-base adhesive, coal-tar bitumen or to asphalt which is hotter than 93 degrees C.

3.6.1 Installation Asphalt shall not be applied further than one panel length ahead of roof insulation being installed. Asphalt primer shall be applied at the rate of 0.4 L/square meter over the entire surface to be mopped when the insulation is applied over concrete deck. 3.6.2 Protection Requirements The insulation shall be kept dry at all times. Insulation boards shall not be kicked into position. Exposed edges of the insulation shall be protected by cutoffs at the end of each workday. Cutoffs shall be 2 layers of bituminous-membrane. Cutoffs shall be removed when work is resumed. Edges of insulation at open spaces between insulation and parapets or other walls and spaces at curbs, scuttles, and expansion joints, shall be protected until permanent roofing and flashing is applied. Storing , walking wheeling, or trucking directly on insulation or on roofed surfaces will not be permitted. Smooth clean board or plank walkways, runways, and platforms shall be used, as necessary to distribute weight to conform to indicated live load limits of roof construction.

Page 125: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07220 Roofing System

5

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3.6.3 Inspection The Contract shall establish and maintain an inspection procedure to assure compliance of the installed roof insulation with the contract requirements. Any work found not to be in compliance with the contract shall be promptly removed and replaced or corrected in an approved manner. Quality control shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. Observation of environmental conditions; number and skill level of

insulation workers; start and end time of work. b. Verification of certification. c. Verification of proper storage and handling of insulation material

before, during, and after installation. d. Inspection of mechanical fasteners; type, number, length, and

spacing. e. Coordination with other materials, cants, sleepers, and nailing

strips. f. Inspection of insulation joint orientation and laps between layers,

joint width and bearing of edges of insulation on deck. g. Installation of cutoffs and proper joining of work on subsequent

days. h. Continuation of complete roofing system installation to cover

insulation installed same day.

Page 126: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Division 07 – Thermal and Moisture Protection

Section 07250 – Fireproofing

Part 1: General

1 01 Summary The work covered by this Section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and

materials, and performing all operations in connection with the application of fire proofing and fire stopping materials.

1 01 01 Section includes 01. Sprayed mineral coatings

02. Magnesium oxychloride coatings

03. Intumescent coatings

04. Fire stopping mortars

05. Intumescent caulks

06. Dry-applied fire proofing

1 01 04 Related Sections 07900 Joint Sealers

1 02 References

1 02 01 Applicable Standards

1 02 01 03 International Standards

1 02 01 03 01 International Standards (ISO) ISO 9000: Quality management and quality assurance standards.

ISO 9001: 94 Quality systems – Model for quality assurance in design, development, production, installation and servicing

ISO 9002: 94 Quality systems – Model for quality assurance in production, installation and servicing

1 02 01 04 USA Standards

1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM E 84: 99 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials

ASTM E119: 98 Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials

ASTM E136: 99 Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a vertical Tube Furnace at 750 Degrees C

Page 127: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

ASTM E736: 92 Test Method for Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members

ASTM E759: 92 (96) Test Method of Effect of Deflection of Sprayed Fire- Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members

ASTM E760: 92 (96) Test Method of Effect of Impact on Bonding of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members

ASTM E761: 92 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members

ASTM E814: 97 Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops

ASTM E937: 93 Test Method for Corrosion of Steel by Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material (SFRM) Applied to Structural Members

ASTM C719: 93 Standard Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle)

1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 476 Fire tests on building materials and structures

BS 476 – 4: 70 Non-combustibility test for materials (Amendment 1984)

BS 476 – 7: 97 Method of test to determine the classification of the surface spread of flame of products

BS 476 - 20: 87 Method for determination of the fire resistance of elements of Construction

BS 915 – 2: 72 Specification for high alumina cement – metric units (Amendment 1983)

BS 1191 Specification for gypsum building plasters

BS 1191 – 1: 73 Excluding premixed lightweight plasters (Amendment 1994).

BS 7079 - Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related products

BS 7079– A1: 89 Specification of rust grades and preparation grades of uncoated steel substrates and of steel substrates after overall removal of previous coatings (Amendment 1998)

1 02 02 Codes BS 8202 - Coatings for fire protection of building elements

BS 8202 – 1: 95 Part 1. Code of practice for the selection and installation of sprayed mineral coatings

BS 8202 – 2: 92 Part 2. Code of practice for the use of intumescent coating systems to metallic substrates for providing fire resistance

1 03 Definitions

1 03 01 Technical Terms Adhesive retention – use of an additional material to improve the bond of spray to a

substrate

Decorative coat – material used for decorative purposes only`

Exfoliated vermiculite – a group of hydrated laminar minerals resembling mica on appearance and composed of hydrated aluminum iron magnesium silicates

Page 128: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fire stop – a through-penetration fire stop is a specific construction consisting of materials that fill the opening around penetrating items such as cables, cable trays, conduits, ducts and pipes through wall and floor openings to prevent spread of fire

Intumescent coating – coating which reacts under the influence of heat by swelling in a controlled manner to many times its original thickness and typically producing a layer of carbonaceous char or foam which acts as an insulating layer for the substrate

Mechanical retention – use of mechanical system(s) to retain the spray in situ

Top sealer coat – material applied to the surface of the intumescent coating as a protection against environmental degradation

Spray – sprayed mineral coating

1 03 02 Abbreviations Deg. C degree Celsius

max. Maximum min. Minimum o.c. Off center RH Relative Humidity UL Underwriters Laboratories (US) µm Micrometer = 1/10 mm

1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification

Section 01300.

1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of fire protection and fire stopping material and the

application and / or fastening methods.

1 05 02 Shop Drawings Provide shop drawings for the application of any dry-clad system for fire protection. Do

not proceed with installation until approval is obtained from the Engineer.

1 05 03 Samples Samples of all materials, applied to substrates similar to site conditions with required

finish, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to application.

1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of Contractor’s site supervisor(s) (see ref. 1 06 01 02)

Certificates for all materials indicated showing compliance with referenced Standards and requirements of local authorities.

Records and reports of Contractor’s Internal Q.C.

Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C.

Page 129: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 06 Quality Assurance

1 06 01 Qualifications

1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly

engaged in this work, with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer, or preferably a certification according to ISO 9001 / 9002.

1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced

in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work. Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced Standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience.

1 06 03 Certifications Provide 'Third Party' certificates issued by an authorized and independent agency or

laboratory where indicated.

1 06 04 Quality Control

1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal Quality Control shall include but not be limited to:

Checking of supplier’s certificates of compliance with specification and referenced Standards prior to application or installation.

Checking of supplier’s delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification.

1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling

1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver materials to site originally packed by manufacturer. Protect materials during

delivery to comply with manufacturer’s directions. Damaged materials shall be replaced at Contractor's expense.

1 07 02 Storage and Protection Store materials at building site strictly according to manufacturer’s instructions. Store

products in a dry and ventilated place.

Page 130: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 2: Products

2 01 Sprayed Mineral Coatings

2 01 01 Base The base shall be of one of the following materials:

- Any man-made mineral wools, having a length to breadth ratio of at least 3 to 1.

- Exfoliated vermiculite – hydrated laminar minerals

2 01 02 Binding Agent Use one of the following hydraulic type binders for composing mineral coatings.

- Portland cement conforming to DIN 1164-1: 94 & DIN 1164-2: 96

- High alumina cement conforming to BS 915 - 2

- Gypsum Plaster conforming to BS 1191 – 1

2 01 03 Fillers Use one of the following fillers:

- hydrated lime

- limestone

- other appropriate materials

2 01 04 Properties

2 01 04 01 Concealed Fireproofing Bond Strength > 3,5 kPa as per ASTM E 736 Compressive Strength > 20,0 kPa as per ASTM E 761 Corrosion Resistance: No evidence of corrosion as per ASTM E 937 Deflection: No cracking, spalling, delamination or the like as per ASTM E 759 Effect of impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, delamination and the like as per ASTM E 760 Dry Density: > 200 kg/m3 Surface Burning: Max. Flame spread value of 10 and smoke development value of 0.

2 01 04 02 Exposed Fireproofing

2 01 04 02 01 Medium Density Material Bond Strength > 20,0 kPa as per ASTM E 736 Compressive Strength > 350,0 kPa as per ASTM E 761 Corrosion Resistance: No evidence of corrosion as per ASTM E 937 Deflection: No cracking, spalling, delamination or the like as per ASTM E 759 Effect of impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, delamination and the like as per ASTM E 760 Dry Density: > 300 kg/m3 Surface Burning: Max. flame spread value of 10 and smoke development value of 0.

Page 131: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 01 04 02 02 High Density Material Bond Strength > 20,0 kPa as per ASTM E 736 Compressive Strength > 2000 kPa as per ASTM E 761 Corrosion Resistance: No evidence of corrosion as per ASTM E 937 Deflection: No cracking, spalling, delamination or the like as per ASTM E 759 Effect of impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, delamination and the like as per ASTM E 760 Dry Density: > 500 kg/m3 Surface Burning: Max. flame spread value of 5 and smoke development

value of 0.

2 01 05 Decorative and Protective Finishes Finishes may be necessary to protect the coating from high humidity, which could otherwise have an effect on corrosion protection of the coating, or for decorative purposes.

Where decorative or protective finishes are required, either initially or subsequently, the Contractor shall ensure that the applied finish is compatible with the sprayed coating and does not impair its performance. The finish shall be non-combustible when tested according to BS 476 – 4 and shall not increase the surface spread of flame when tested according to BS 476 – 7.

2 02 Magnesium Oxychloride Coating

2 02 01 General Magnesium oxychloride coating shall be a factory packaged 2-part magnesium

oxychloride formulation consisting of a cementitious component and a catalyst, or a 3-part magnesium oxychloride formulation consisting of a cementitious component, a catalyst and a foaming agent, which will be combined with water at project site to achieve a sprayable mixture.

2 02 02 Properties Provide Magnesium Oxychloride Material with properties as follows:

Medium Density Magnesium Oxychloride Material Compressive Strength > 10,0 MPa as per ASTM E 761 Dry Density: > 800 kg/m3

2 03 Intumescent Coating Intumescent coating is generally proposed for interior steelwork. It is not recommended for steelwork with long-term surface temperature of above 60 deg.C. It can provide fire rating up to 2 hours, depending on size and shape of steel members.

2 03 01 General An intumescent coating shall comprise active ingredients, which react together in a

controlled sequence to produce the phenomenon known as intumescence. This shall typically include the following:

– a catalyst – a carbonic agent – a resin system or binder – a spumific agent

Page 132: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 03 02 Properties Any intumescent coating shall be a proprietary product, certified by a ‘Third Party’ for

the intended use.

2 03 03 Accessories

2 03 03 01 Primers Primers shall act as corrosion protection for the steel and as a bonding agent for the intumescent coating. The primer shall be compatible with the intumescent coating and not adversely affect the fire resistance. Only primers for which test results, based on BS 476 – 20 or an equivalent Standard, are available, shall be used.

2 03 03 02 Finishing Coats Finishing coats, whether sealer or decorative coat shall be compatible and not impair the performance of the intumescent coating. They shall be none-combustible when tested according to BS 476 – 4, and shall not increase the ‘surface spread of flame’ when tested according to BS 476 – 6 or an equivalent Standard.

2 04 Dry-Clad System The dry-clad system shall consist of fiber-reinforced boards, which are non-combustible

when tested according to ASTM E 136 or an equivalent Standard.

‘Flame spread and smoke development’ shall be Class A when tested according to ASTM E 84 or an equivalent Standard.

The dry-clad system shall be tested for its fire rating according to ASTM E 119 or an equivalent Standard. It shall be UL-listed for design conditions, or if not, it shall be tested by an authorized and independent laboratory prior to application.

2 05 Fire Stopping

2 05 01 Fire Stopping Mortar 01.0 A fire stopping mortar shall be a dry ready-mixed product, which will

have to be mixed at site only with water to form an applicable mortar.

02.0 The mortar shall be tested for its fire ratings under similar conditions according to ASTM E814 or an equivalent Standard. Only products, which do have an UL System Number for a similar condition, will be accepted.

03.0 The product shall be Class A rated for ‘Flame Spread and Smoke Development’, when tested according to ASTM E84.

04.0 The fire stopping mortar shall meet the fire rating requirement indicated.

2 05 02 Fire Stopping Intumescent Caulk Intumescent Caulk is used to seal openings in fire rated structures where burning plastic pipes, insulated pipes, coated cables or similar situations may compromise the rated system.

01.0 Intumescent caulk shall be a factory finished product, with elastomeric and adhesive properties and an intumescent expansion of min. 5 times its original volume.

02.0 The caulk shall be tested according to ASTM E 814 or an equivalent Standard for its fire rating classification.

Page 133: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

03.0 The caulk shall meet the requirements for adhesion and cohesion properties of ASTM C 719 or an equivalent Standard.

Part 3: Execution

3 01 General Examination Examine structure where work of this Section will be installed. Whatever material or application method is specified, it is the Contractor's responsibility to check the actual conditions and state in writing to the Engineer any incompatibility with the specification. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3 02 General Preparation

3 03 Installation

3 03 01 General Verify that materials to be used for the work comply with requirements in specifications and schedules.

3 03 02 Sprayed Mineral Coatings

3 03 02 01 Surface Preparation

3 03 02 01 01 General Any substrates which are not supposed to receive mechanical retention shall be

carefully cleaned to make sure they are free from oil, grease, dirt, dust, scale, loose paint, mould release agents or other materials or conditions likely to impair adhesion.

3 03 02 01 02 Painted Surfaces 01.0 Old, loose and flaking paint shall be removed prior to spraying,

unless mechanical retention is used. Apply spray over existing paint only if fire resistance data of the intended coating are showing that there will be no adverse effect on the performance.

02.0 An alkali-resistant sealer coat shall be applied if the existing paint is not chemically compatible with the spray.

03.0 Only newly applied compatible primers are regarded to be a proper base for direct spray application.

3 03 02 01 03 Metals Primers are usually not needed for Portland Cement-bound sprays if the building

environment remains dry after construction. Under continual damp conditions it may be advisable to prime also galvanized steel to prevent ‘white rusting’.

* 01.0 Clean metals as described above before application of spray.

* 02.0 Provide a compatible primer for ferrous metals before application of spray.

* 03.0 Provide a compatible primer for galvanized steel before application of spray.

* 04.0 Provide a sealer for aluminum, aluminum alloys and aluminum coatings before application of alkaline sprays.

Page 134: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3 03 02 01 04 Gypsum Plaster and Plasterboard Portland cement-bound sprays shall not be applied directly to unsealed gypsum plaster

or gypsum board. Gypsum-based sprays shall only be applied to plaster-based products if recommended by the manufacturer.

3 03 02 01 05 Movement Joints Where movement joints are incorporated into the structure it is essential to ensure the

spray does not bridge the joint. Use proprietary stop beads or similar items on either side, and spray against them. Protect the joint from spray.

3 03 02 01 06 Mechanical Retention 01.0 Mechanical retention shall be provided unless:

a) Where there is evidence from fire resistance tests to show that there is adequate bond between the spray and the substrate. b) The spray is locked in position by virtue of the shape of the elements to be coated (see samples in Annex 6, figure 2)

02.0 Where the dimensions of the cross section are very large (i.e. web greater than 650 mm and flange greater than 325 mm, mechanical retention shall be applied even for shapes illustrated in figure 2.

03.0 Mechanical retention shall be applied in all cases similar to illustrations shown in Annex 6, figure 3

04.0 The material, type and fixing (see also Annex 6, Table 1and Figure 1) of the mechanical retention shall be approved by the Engineer prior to execution.

3 03 02 02 Spray Application Particular care shall be taken to ensure that the required thickness is built up in the

recommended manner so that good cohesive strength is obtained. Any spillage or overspray shall be cleaned off at the end of each working period.

When using adhesives, the manufacturer’s recommendations shall be followed.

The finished density of spray shall be within ±15 % of the density stated by the manufacturer.

The spray on the flange shall not be permitted to taper to the flange edges.

Apply topcoat where indicated.

3 03 02 03 Measurement of Thickness Where possible, a direct reading thickness gauge shall be used. Gauges fixed to the substrate before spraying begins may be used. Gauges left in position within the spray and are of plastics, shall not have a cross section of more than 20 mm2 and not be longer than the depth of the spray.

Frequency of measurement: Provide one thickness measurement for each unit of 1,5 m x 1,5 m, i.e. four measurements for an area of 3 m x 3 m. For areas greater than 3 m x 3 m an additional thickness measurement shall be made for each unit of 3 m x 3 m. All measurements shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer.

Contoured substrate: Steel ‘I’ section columns and beams shall at least be measured every 3 m on each surface.

When substrates are overlaid with metal lath, for example keying mesh, the spray thickness should be taken to be the thickness measured to the face of the lath.

Page 135: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3 03 03 Magnesium Oxychloride Coating

3 03 03 01 Surface Preparation 01.0 Old, loose and flaking paint shall be removed prior to spraying,

unless mechanical retention is used. Apply spray over existing paint only if fire resistance data of the intended coating are showing that there will be no adverse effect on the performance.

02.0 An alkali-resistant sealer coat shall be applied if the existing paint is not chemically compatible with the spray.

03.0 Steel substrates shall be prepared by removing scale and loose rust, using abrasive blasting to give at least second quality as defined in BS 7079-A1, unless otherwise indicated

04.0 Provide a compatible primer for ferrous metals before application of spray

05.0 Provide mechanical retention as indicated or required by manufacturer of coating.

3 03 03 02 Spray Application Apply coating with indicated properties to the required thickness in the recommended manner so that good cohesive strength is obtained. Any spillage or overspray shall be cleaned off at the end of each working period.

The spray on the flange shall not be permitted to taper to the flange edges.

Apply topcoat where indicated.

3 03 03 03 Measurement of Thickness Where possible, a direct reading thickness gauge shall be used. Gauges fixed to the substrate before spraying begins may be used. Gauges left in position within the spray and are of plastics, shall not have a cross section of more than 20 mm2 and not be longer than the depth of the spray.

Frequency of measurement: Provide one thickness measurement for each unit of 1,5 m x 1,5 m, i.e. four measurements for an area of 3 m x 3 m. For areas greater than 3 m x 3 m an additional thickness measurement shall be made for each unit of 3 m x 3 m. All measurements shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer.

Contoured substrate: Steel ‘I’ section columns and beams shall at least be measured every 3 m on each surface. When substrates are overlaid with metal lath, for example keying mesh, the spray thickness should be taken to be the thickness measured to the face of the lath.

3 03 04 Intumescent Coating 01.0 Fire test evidence shall be obtained before overcoating any

combination of surface coatings with an intumescent fire protection system. Where such evidence is not available, the substrate shall be prepared as follows:

01.1 Steel substrates shall be prepared by removing scale and loose rust, using abrasive blasting to give at least second quality as defined in BS 7079-A1, unless otherwise indicated. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants by solvent cleaning.

01.2 The cleaned substrate shall be primed for corrosion protection and a good bonding for the intumescent coating. The manufacturer shall certify the compatibility of the primer with the proposed coating. In case of an existing unknown primer or coating, a fire test based on

Page 136: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

BS 476-20 shall be carried out by an authorized and independent laboratory, proving the compatibility with the intended coating.

02.0 The intumescent coating shall be applied according to the recommendations of the manufacturer.

03.0 The wet film thickness shall be checked as described in manufacturer’s instructions, e.g. using wet film thickness combs.

04.0 The average dry film thickness shall be measured using suitable calibrated gauges, e.g. magnetic induction gauge and shall be taken on all exposed areas of the section at 0,5 m max. intervals and a min. of three measurements at any face. Reports of these measurements shall be submitted to the Engineer.

05.0 Apply finishing coat of indicated type.

3 03 05 Dry-Clad System Provide proprietary dry-clad system for conditions and fire rating indicated. Apply it

according to manufacturer’s instructions and requirements of the UL-listed designs or actual test reports. Use dry-fixing method unless otherwise indicated.

3 03 06 Fire Stopping Mortar Areas which shall receive fire stopping mortar shall be carefully cleaned to make sure

they are free from oil, grease, dirt, dust, mould release agents or other materials or conditions likely to impair adhesion.

Provide mortar of fire rating indicated. Follow strictly manufacturer’s recommendation for the application. Provide necessary formwork until curing time is elapsed.

3 03 07 Fire Stopping Intumescent Caulk Areas which shall receive intumescent caulking shall be carefully cleaned to make sure

they are free from oil, grease, dirt, dust, mould release agents or other materials or conditions likely to impair adhesion.

Provide intumescent caulk of fire rating indicated. Follow strictly manufacturer’s recommendation for the application. Provide backing rods if necessary of non-combustible material.

3 03 08 Fire Rating The application shall comply with the fire rating indicated.

Only UL-listed designs, or designs tested by another authorized and independent laboratory will be accepted.

Minor variations from the tested design, like different primer, different surface finish, etc. may be proven by an independent validation as proposed in BS 8202-Part 1. The results of these validations shall be submitted with the original fire resistance test of the applied product to the Engineer for approval.

3 04 Field Quality Control Measurement of thickness of the applied fireproofing coatings as described under the

respective paragraphs shall be reported to the Engineer on a daily basis. The Employer will decide whether a ‘Third Party’ will be engaged to control Contractor’s measurements and pay for it.

Page 137: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Immediately after completion of spraying operations in each work area, remove over-

spray and fall-out of materials from surfaces of other work and clean exposed surfaces to remove evidence of soiling.

3 07 Protection Protect adjacent exposed construction while carrying out spraying.

Protect completed work from damage and weather as appropriate until handing over.

3 08 Schedules Contractor shall provide schedules of his works, coordinated with other trades, prior to

commencing with installation.

Page 138: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Page 139: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 4: Method of Measurement

4 01 General The quantities to be paid for will be measured from drawings.

Where work is measured by area, no deductions will be made for voids not exceeding 1,0 m2.

4 02 Units of Measurement Coated walls, ceilings, metal decking etc. will be measured by m2.

Coated steel structure will be measured by tons of steel.

Dry-applied fire proofing will be measured by m2 according to type of construction.

Fire stopping systems will be enumerated according to different opening sizes, types and materials applied.

Page 140: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

15 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 5: Basis of Payment

5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including furnishing all material, equipment,

tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labor, samples, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting.

5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate and will not be measured

separately:

Any necessary scaffolding for the execution of the work.

Any formwork for the application of fire stopping mortars.

Expenses for ‘Third Party’ certificates, necessary for proofing the compatibility of coatings with existing conditions.

Page 141: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

16 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Annex: Tables and Figures

6 01 Tables

Table 1 (BS 8202-1, Table 1)

Table 1. Types of mechanical retention

Category Type Uses

Keying mesh: typically mesh of relatively small

aperture size, e.g. 10 mm to 25 mm, which allows

some penetration by spray to produce a good key

EML 1)

Ribbed EML

Welded mesh

Woven hexagonal mesh

Installed in close proximity to the substrate (see figures 1a,1b,and 1c)

or to provide a background for the spray to bridge gaps between

structures

Reinforcing mesh: typically mesh of a

relatively large aperture size, e.g. 50 mm, which

allows full penetration by spray and thereby

provides reinforcement

Welded mesh

Woven hexagonal mesh

Located within the spray so as to reinforce it (see

figure 1 d)

Discontinuous fixings Metal pins

Mesh pieces

Metal washers

Used particularly for sprayed mineral wool

insulation but also sometimes used for

sprayed slurry mixes (see figure 1d and 1e)

1) EML: Expanded metal lath

Page 142: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

17 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

6 02 Figures

6 02 01 Mechanical retention

Fig. 1

Page 143: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

18 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 2

Page 144: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

19 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 3

Page 145: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

20 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

6 02 02 Encapsulation and re-entrant profiles

Fig. 4

Page 146: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

21 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

6 02 03 Cases where there is no re-entrant profile or encapsulation

Fig. 5

Page 147: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

22 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 6

Page 148: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07250 Fireproofing

23 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig. 7

Page 149: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Division 07 – Thermal and Moisture Protection

Section 07400 – Manufactured Roofing & Siding

Part 1: General

1 01 Summary The work covered by this Section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and

materials, and performing all operations in connection with the installation of manufactured roofing & siding.

1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Corrugated steel panels

02.0 Steel sandwich panels

03.0 Glass fiber reinforced concrete panels

1 01 02 Products delivered but not installed under this Section

1 01 03 Products installed but not delivered under this Section

1 01 04 Related Sections 03400 Pre-cast Concrete

07200 Insulation

07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

07900 Joint Sealers

1 02 References

1 02 01 Applicable Standards

1 02 01 03 International Standards

1 02 01 03 01 International Standards Organization (ISO) ISO 3575 : 96 Continuous hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of

commercial, lock-forming and drawing qualities.

1 02 01 04 USA Standards

1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM A653 : 01 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated

(Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM A792 : 01 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 % Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process

Page 150: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 02 01 06 British Standards BS EN 1170 : 98 Precast concrete products. Test method for glass fiber

reinforced cement.

1 02 02 Codes GRCA CP1/1077 Recommended Code of Practice for the Manufacture of

Glass fiber Reinforced Cement Products Part 1: Guide to Specifications

Uniform Building Code (UBC)

1 02 03 Other References

1 02 03 01 Glass Reinforced Cement Association (GRCA) GRCA S 0101/0380Specification for Grades of Glassfiber Reinforced Cement

1 02 03 02 Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) ‘Recommended Practice for Glass fiber Reinforced Concrete Panels’ – Third Edition.

1 03 Definitions

1 03 01 Technical Terms siding – material (as boards or metal pieces) forming the exposed surface of outside

walls of mainly wood-framed buildings

cladding – something that covers or overlays

cfc – chlorinated fluor carbonhydrogens

1 03 02 Abbreviations and Symbols deg. C degree Celsius

max. maximum min. minimum o.c. off center RH Relative Humidity UL Underwriters Laboratories (US) W/m. K Watt per meter and degree Kelvin µm Micrometer = 1/10 mm micron Micrometer GN Giga-Newton

1 04 System Description

1 04 01 Design Requirements It is the Contractors responsibility to produce all necessary final design documents

(shop drawings and structural calculation) for the production of panels and accessories. The documents shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification

Section 01300.

Page 151: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of wall or roof panel and accessories.

1 05 02 Shop Drawings Provide shop drawings for metal panels, showing clearly overlapping of panels length

and sidewise, peak-, rake- and eave trim, as well as fastening schemes. Shop drawings for GFRC panels shall show sizes, material thickness, distances to adjoining materials and fastening system, giving the thickness of bolts, dowels and other fastening devices. A calculation for the fastening system shall be submitted with the shop drawings. Do not proceed with fabrication until approval of the Engineer.

1 05 03 Samples Samples of different panel types and trimming elements with the original final finish

shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to application and/or fabrication.

1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of Contractor’s site supervisor(s) (see ref. 1 06 01 02)

Certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced Standards and requirements of local authorities.

Records and reports of Contractor’s Internal Q.C..

Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C..

1 06 Quality Assurance

1 06 01 Qualifications

1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers

regularly engaged in similar work, with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer, or preferably a certification according to ISO 9000 series.

1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced

in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced Standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience.

1 06 03 Certifications Provide ‘Third Party’ certificates issued by an authorized and independent agency or

laboratory where indicated.

1 06 04 Quality Control

1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal Quality Control shall include but not be limited to:

Checking of suppliers certificates of compliance to conform with specification and referenced Standards prior to application or installation.

Checking of suppliers delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification.

Page 152: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling

1 07 01 Packing and Shipping

1 07 01 01 Steel Panels Deliver materials to site packed and protected to comply with manufacturer’s

directions. Damaged materials shall not be installed. They shall be replaced at Contractor’s expense.

1 07 01 02 GFRC Panels Units shall not be shipped to site until they have reached sufficient strength to withstand the effects of the particular shipping and handling methods used.

Handle and transport units in a position consistent with their shape and design in order to avoid excessive stresses or damage.

Lift or support units only at the points shown on the shop drawings.

Place non-staining resilient spacers of even thickness between units.

Support units during shipment on non-staining shock-absorbing material.

Protect units from dirt and damage during handling and transport.

Units shall be clearly piece marked as indicated on erection drawings.

Damaged materials shall be replaced at Contractor’s expense.

1 07 02 Storage and Protection Store materials at building site strictly according to manufacturer’s instructions. Store

products in a dry and ventilated place.

GFRC panels shall in general not be stored on site. Erection shall be done directly from the truck. Intermittent storage on site shall be the exception, and if necessary done in the same careful manner as the shipping.

Page 153: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 2: Products

2 01 Manufactured Roof and Wall Panels

2 01 01 Steel Panels Polyester coats are generally applied in thickness of 25 microns outside and about 15 microns inside; PVC coats may be applied in thickness up to 200 microns.

2 01 02 Corrugated Steel Panels 01.0 Corrugated steel panels shall be made from:

01.1 Hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet and shall comply with ISO 3575, or ASTM A653, or an equivalent Standard. Coating designation shall be G90 (275 g/m2), unless otherwise indicated.

01.2 Hot-dip aluminum-zinc(AZ) alloy-coated carbon steel shall comply with ASTM A792, or an equivalent Standard. Coating designation shall be AZ 50 (50 oz/ft2), approximately 300 g/m2, unless otherwise indicated

02.0 Steel thickness and height of corrugation shall be as indicated or required for the respective construction to meet max. allowable deflection and stiffness. The min. material thickness shall be 0,5 mm.

03.0 Finish: Both faces shall receive a factory applied coating of material, thickness and color as indicated.

2 01 03 Steel Sandwich space panels Polyester coats are generally applied in thickness of 25 microns outside and about 15 microns inside; PVC coats may be applied in thickness up to 200 microns. Sides of panels are prepared for overlapping each other. Panels are generally produced in thickness between 50 and 200 mm. See Annex 7, Enclosure 1 Steel sandwich panels shall consist of two layers of corrugated sheet with foam infill.

01.0 Corrugated steel sheets shall be made from:

01.1 Hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel and shall comply with ISO 3575, or ASTM A653, or an equivalent Standard. Coating designation shall be G90 (275 g/m2), unless otherwise indicated.

01.2 Hot-dip aluminum-zinc (AZ) alloy-coated carbon steel shall comply with ASTM A792, or an equivalent Standard. Coating designation shall be AZ 50 (50 oz/ft2), approximately 300 g/ m2, unless otherwise indicated.

02.0 Steel thickness and height of corrugation shall be as indicated or required for the respective construction to meet max. allowable deflection and stiffness. The min. material thickness shall be 0,5 mm.

03.0 Finish: Both faces of the sandwich space panel shall receive a factory applied coating of material, thickness and color as indicated.

04.0 Infill: Shall be injected polyurethane, using CFC free foaming agents, and shall comply with the following data:

Density > 35 kg/ m2 Thermal conductivity < 0,025 W/m. K Compressive strength (at 10 % deformation> 0,15 N/mm2 Shear modulus > 2,0 N/ mm2

Page 154: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Adhesion to metal sheet > 0,15 N/ mm2 Water absorption < 4 % in volume Closed cell content > 95 %

The Contractor shall submit a ‘third-party certificate’ indicating that the infill meets the above mentioned criteria.

05.0 Sides of panels shall be prepared for overlapping each other.

2 01 04 Aluminium Panels Adequate measures have to be taken to separate aluminium from ferrous metals, e.g. steel supports, bolts etc.

2 01 04 01 Corrugated Aluminium Panels

2 01 04 02 Aluminium Sandwich space panels

2 02 Manufactured Wall Panels

2 02 01 Tongue and Groove Steel Sandwich space panels Polyester coats are generally applied in thickness of 25 microns outside and about 15 microns inside; PVC coats may be applied in thickness up to 200 microns. Panels are prepared with a tongue and groove system and concealed fastening. This is, compared to the standard overlapping system, thermally a better solution – no thermal bridges, and offers a more attractive finish. See Annex 7, Encl. 2 Panels are generally produced in thickness between 50 and 200 mm.

Tongue and groove steel sandwich space panels shall consist of two layers of low ribbed sheet with foam infill.

01.0 Steel sheets shall be made from:

01.1 Hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel and comply with ISO 3575, or ASTM 653, or an equivalent Standard. Coating designation shall be G90 (275 g/m2), unless otherwise indicated.

01.2 Hot-dip aluminum-zinc(AZ) alloy-coated carbon steel and comply with ASTM A792, or an equivalent Standard. Coating designation shall be AZ 50 (50 oz/ft2), approximately 300 g/ m2, unless otherwise indicated.

02.0 Steel thickness and height of ribs shall be as indicated or required for the respective construction. The min. material thickness shall be 0,5 mm.

03.0 Finish: Both faces of the sandwich space panel shall receive a factory applied coating of material, thickness and color as indicated.

04.0 Infill: Shall be injected polyurethane, using CFC free foaming agents, and shall comply with the following data:

Density ` > 45 kg/m3 Thermal conductivity < 0,023 W/m. K Compressive strength (at 10 % deformation)> 0,20 N/mm2 Shear modulus > 2,0 N/ mm2 Adhesion to metal sheet > 0,15 N/ mm2 Water absorption < 2 % in volume Closed cell content > 95 %

The Contractor shall submit a ‘third-party certificate’ indicating that the infill meets the above mentioned criteria.

Page 155: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 02 02 Glass Fibre- Reinforced Concrete Panels (GFRC) GFRC-Panels are produced to required sizes with a material thickness of

approximately 10 to 20 mm. The reinforcing fiber CEM-Fil is an alkali resistant glass fiber with high durability in cement.

2 02 02 01 Basic Materials 01.0 Glass fiber used for fabricating GFRC shall have the following

properties: Single filament tensile strength ≥ 3,0 GN/m2 Strand tensile strength ≥ 1,5 GN/ m2 Young’s modulus of elasticity ≥ 70 GN/ m2 Specific gravity ≅ 2,50 g/cm3 Filament diameter = 13 – 20 μm Chopped strands length = 10 – 50 mm

02.0 Cement used for the fabrication of GFRC shall be Ordinary Portland Cement.

03.0 Aggregates used for the production of GFRC shall be washed and dried sand: Chemical composition:

Silica > 96 % Moisture < 2 % Soluble salts (i.e. alkalies) < 1 % Loss on ignition < 0,5 %

Grading: Particle size: max. 1,2 mm for sprayed GFRC max. 2,4 mm for premix (cast) GFRC

Fine fraction: max. 10 % passing 150 μm (BS 100 sieve)

04.0 Aggregates may also be of marble, limestone or granite, crushed to the required grading.

05.0 Pigments for colored GFRC shall comply with BS1014 or an equivalent standard.

2 02 02 02 Manufactured Units

2 02 02 02 01 Panels 01.0 Panels are generally produced as ‘Sprayed GFRC’. The final

product shall contain approximately 5 % by weight of glass fiber. The slurry shall have a sand / cement ratio of up to 1 : 1 and a water / cement ratio near to 0,33. Admixtures may be added for increased workability.

02.0 Design: Panels shall be designed using the ‘Recommended Practice for Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete Panels’, issued by PCI (Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute). The minimum thickness for single skin panels shall be 10 mm.

03.0 Design stresses used for structural calculation shall comply with Table 1,Annex 6

04.0 Finish: If no specific finish is indicated, GFRC panels shall have an even and smooth surface without discoloration and blemishes, ready for painting. Colored GFRC shall comply with manufacturer’s color chart. Any specific finish (e.g. sandblasting) shall be approved by the Engineer before final fabrication.

Page 156: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 02 02 02 02 Cast Elements More complicated shapes as for instance screens with geometrical (Arabic) pattern are fabricated by the casting method – ‘Premixed GFRC’. Since any later applied finishing is difficult, these elements are generally fabricated with colored cement.

01.0 The final product of ‘Premixed GFRC’ shall contain approximately 3,5 % by weight of glass fiber. The slurry shall have a sand / cement ratio of approximately 0,5 : 1 and a water / cement ratio below 0,35. Admixtures may be added for increased workability.

02.0 Design: ‘Premixed GFRC’ shall be designed using the ‘Recommended Practice for Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete Panels’, issued by PCI.

03.0 Design stresses used for calculation shall comply with Table 1, Annex 6

04.0 Finish: Provide finish as indicated and approved by the Engineer.

Part 3: Execution

3 01 General Examination Examine structure where work of this Section will be installed. Correct conditions

detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Verify that materials to be used for the work comply with requirements in specifications and schedules. Roofs for the application of metal decking shall be sloped min. 3 %. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3 02 General Preparation

3 03 Installation

3 03 01 General Whatever material or application method is specified, it is the Contractor’s responsibility to check the actual conditions and state in writing to the Engineer any incompatibility with the specification or with the ‘state of the art’ of erection and / or installation.

3 03 02 Metal Roof Panels Provide steel panels inclusive special elements like peak panels, rake trim, eave trim,

gutters etc., as required by shop drawings.

3 03 02 01 Corrugated Steel Panels 01.0 Corrugated steel panels shall be supported by purlins at distances

which limit the deflection of the panels to max. l:200 unless otherwise indicated. A structural calculation shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

0.2.0 Fastening: Panels shall be fastened along each purlin every 33 cm o.c., along gutters etc. every 16,5 cm o.c. by galvanized self-tapping screws of min. 6 mm diameter with steel and neoprene washers.

03.0 Sealing: Sealing tapes shall be applied along sidelaps, at connections to skylights, peak panels and rake trim etc. Provide

Page 157: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

manufacturer’s certificate for sealing tapes, indicating that they can resist temperatures up to 100 deg.C without any damage of its sealing capacity.

04.0 A closure element, unless otherwise indicated, shall be provided along the bottom and top edge, which fits into the corrugation and assures tightness.

05.0 Provide roof insulation where indicated and as specified in Section 7200.

3 03 02 02 Sandwich Panels 01.0 Corrugated sandwich panels shall be supported by purlins at

distances which limit the deflection of the panels to max. l:300 unless otherwise indicated. A structural calculation shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

02.0 Fastening: Panels shall be fastened along each purlin every 33 cm o.c., along gutters etc. every 16,5 cm o.c. by galvanized self-tapping screws of min. 6 mm diameter with steel and neoprene washers. Preferably the fastening shall be done along the ribs.

03.0 Sealing: Sealing tapes shall be applied along side laps, at connections to skylights, peak panels and rake trim etc. Provide manufacturer’s certificate for sealing tapes, indicating that they can resist temperatures up to 100 deg. C without any damage of its sealing capacity.

3 03 03 Metal Wall Panels

3 03 03 01 Corrugated Steel Panels 01.0 Panels shall be fastened along each support (girt) every 33 cm o.c

with galvanized self-tapping screws of min. 6 mm diameter with steel and neoprene washers. Side laps shall be screwed to each other (stitched) every 50 cm o.c.

02.0 A closure element, unless otherwise indicated, shall be provided along the bottom and top edge, which fits into the corrugation and assures tightness.

03.0 Provide wall insulation where indicated and as specified in Section 7200.

3 03 03 02 Sandwich Panels

3 03 03 02 01 Standard Corrugated Sandwich Panel Panels shall be fastened along each support (girt) every 33 cm o.c with galvanized

self-tapping screws of min. 6 mm diameter with steel and neoprene washers. Sidelaps shall be screwed to each other (stitched) every 50 cm o.c.

3 03 03 02 02 Tongue and Groove Sandwich Panel Panels with tongue and groove sides shall be fastened concealed along each support (girt) with galvanized self-tapping screws of min. 6 mm diameter with steel and neoprene washers.

Page 158: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3 03 04 GFRC Panels 01.0 Prior to erection of panels, the Contractor shall establish building

and center lines in sufficient detail, enabling the erector to prove that the produced panels will fit within the tolerances allowed by the joints, and that the proposed fastening devices allow sufficient adjustment for the actual deviations. Any discrepancies which could adversely affect installation shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. If discrepancies do exist, installation shall not proceed until they are corrected or until installation requirements are modified and reviewed by the Engineer.

02.0 Fixing of GFRC panels shall be engineered individually, depending on design, size and weight. Fasteners for arid or moderate climate shall be hot-dip galvanized, for marine-climate of stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. The fastening system shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation.

03.0 The GFRC panels shall be lifted with suitable lifting devices at points provided by the manufacturer.

04.0 The GFRC panels shall be set level, plumb, square and true within the allowable tolerances.

05.0 Joint sealing, if required, shall be done with materials indicated and follow procedures specified in Section 07900 – Joint Sealants.

06.0 Tolerances of erected units / panels shall be as listed below:

1. Plan location from building grid datum ± 13 mm

2. Top elevation from nominal top elevation Exposed individual panel ± 6 mm Non-exposed individual panel ± 13 mm Exposed relative to adjacent panel 6 mm Non-exposed relative to adjacent panel 13 mm

3. Support elevation from nominal elevation Maximum low 13 mm Maximum high 6 mm 4. Maximum plumb variation over height of structure or 30 m whichever is less 25 mm 5. Plumb in any 3 m of element height 6 mm 6. Maximum jog in alignment of matching edges 6 mm 7. Joint width Panel dimension less than 6 m ± 6 mm Panel dimension over 6 m ± 8 mm 8. Joint taper maximum 9 mm 9. Joint taper in 3 m 6 mm 10. Maximum jog in alignment of matching faces 6 mm 11. Differential bowing as erected between adjacent member of the same design 6 mm

3 04 Field Quality Control

3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Clean installed panels from soiling and remove debris from site upon completion.

Surface shall be rinsed with clean water immediately after using cleaner.

Page 159: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3 06 Demonstration

3 07 Protection Protect completed work from damage and weather as appropriate until handing over.

3 08 Schedules Contractor (erector) shall provide schedules of his works, coordinated with other

trades, prior to commencing with installation.

Page 160: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 4: Method of Measurement

4 01 General The quantities to be paid for will be measured from drawings.

Where work is measured by area, no deductions will be made for voids not exceeding 1,0 m2

4 02 Units of Measurement Area covered by panels will be measured by m2, separate for different types and

finish.

Separate insulation will be measured by m2, according to type and thickness.

Connection to other buildings, building parts and the like will be measured by m length.

Special elements like peak panels, rake trim, eave trim, gutters and the like will be measured according to type and size by m length.

Elements like skylights and other roof penetrations will be enumerated according to type and size.

Page 161: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 5: Basis of Payment

5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including furnishing all material, equipment,

tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labor, samples, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting.

5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate and will not be

measured separately. - Sealing of joints wherever specified or needed.

Page 162: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07400 Manufactured Roofing & Siding

14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Annex: Tables and Figures

6 01 Tables

Table 1 : Design stress

Design Stress N/mm2

Stress Type Loading Example

5 % spray GRC

3 ½% premixGRC

Compressive Compressive 12 12

Bending Bending solid beams or plates

6 4

Tensile Cylindrical hoop stress 3 2

Web Shear In-plane shear of webs in box sections

2 1

Bearing Shear Shear loading at bearing positions

1 1

Page 163: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection

Section 07500 - Membrane Roofing

Part 1: General

1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labor, equipment and

materials, and performing all operations in connection with installation of membrane roofing.

1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Bituminous Roofing Membrane

02.0 Modified Bituminous Roofing Membrane

03.0 PVC Roofing Membrane

04.0 Insulation

05.0 Roof Protection

06.0 Accessories

1 01 04 Related Sections 02500 Paving and Surfacing

07700 Roof Specialties and Accessories

07900 Joint Sealers

1 02 References

1 02 01 Applicable Standards

1 02 01 03 International Standards

1 02 01 03 01 International Standards Organization (ISO) ISO 3575: 96 Continuous hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of

commercial, lock-forming and drawing qualities, second edition.

ISO 6362 - 2: 90 Wrought aluminum and aluminum alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and profiles. Mechanical properties

1 02 01 04 USA Standards

1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM C726: 00 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Insulation Board

ASTM C165: 00 Standard Method for Measuring Compressive Properties of Thermal Insulation

ASTM C553: 00 Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications

Page 164: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

ASTM C578: 00 Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation

ASTM D2178: 90 Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt used in Roofing and Waterproofing

ASTM D2842: 90 Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics

ASTM D5034: 95 Test Method for Breaking Strength and Elongation of Textile Fabrics (Grab Test)

ASTM D4434: 96 Standard Specification for PVC (Poly Vinyl Chloride) Sheet Roofing

ASTM D6162: 00 Standard Specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using a Combination of Polyester and Glass Fiber Reinforcements

ASTM D6163: 00 Standard Specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using Glass Fiber Reinforcements

ASTM D6164: 00 Standard Specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using Polyester Reinforcements

1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 6925: 88 Mastic Asphalt for Building and Civil Engineering

BS 8217: 94 Built-up roofing felt (Code of Practice)

1 02 01 07 German Standards DIN 16735: 95 Plastic Roofing Sheets made of Polyvinylchloride (PVC-P) with

non-woven Glassfibre Carrier

DIN 18164-1: 91 Rigid Cellular Plastics Insulating Building Materials: Thermal Insulating Materials

DIN 51131: 00 Torch-on Bitumen Felt – Requirements and Testing

DIN 52143: 85 Bitumen Roofing Felt with Glass Fleece base; Terms and Definitions, Designation, Requirements.

DIN 53428: 85 Determination of the Behaviour of Cellular Plastics when exposed to Fluids, Vapours and Solids

1 02 01 08 Canadian Standards CGSB 37

-GP-56M: 85 Standard for: Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated and Reinforced for Roofing

1 03 Definitions

1 03 01 Technical Terms Asphalt - a mixture of bitumen with a substantial proportion of inert mineral matter

Bitumen - a viscous liquid, or a solid, consisting essentially of hydrocarbons and their derivatives, which is soluble in carbon disulfide; and is substantially non-volatile and softens gradually when heated.

Built-up roofing - two or more layers of roofing sheets, bonded together with bonding compound, to form a continuous waterproof covering.

Page 165: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Cold roof - roof in which any thermal insulation is beneath the roof deck

Inverted roof - roof in which the thermal insulation is placed above the water proofing

Mastic asphalt - a type of asphalt composed of suitable graded mineral matter and asphaltic cement in such proportions as to form a coherent, voidless impermeable mass, solid or semisolid under normal temperature conditions, but sufficiently fluid when brought to a suitable temperature to be spread by means of a hand float or by mechanical means.

Roof deck - part of the roof construction which carries the load

Substrate - surface upon which roofing sheets are laid

Warm roof - roof in which the principal thermal insulation is placed above the roof deck

1 03 02 Abbreviations deg C degree Celsius

max. maximum min. minimum RH Relative Humidity UL Underwriters Laboratories (US)

1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification

section 01300.

1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of roofing ply, coating material and insulation

boards specified, including label compliance, fire-ratings, finishes and maintenance instructions.

1 05 02 Shop Drawings

1 05 03 Samples Samples of all materials used for the roofing shall be submitted to the Engineer prior

to installation for approval.

1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of contractor’s site supervisor(s) (see ref. 1 06 01 02)

Reports and records of Contractor’s Internal Q.C.

Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C.

Certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced Standards and requirements of local authorities.

1 06 Quality Assurance

1 06 01 Qualifications

1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers

regularly engaged in manufacture of roofing materials, with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer.

Page 166: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced

in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience.

1 06 03 Certifications Provide 'Third Party' certificates issued by an authorized and independent agency or

laboratory for elements indicated.

1 06 04 Quality Control

1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal Quality Control shall include but not be limited to:

Checking suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform with specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation.

Checking suppliers delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification.

1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling

1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver materials to site originally packed by manufacturer in unopened containers.

Protect materials during delivery to comply with manufacturer’s directions. Damaged materials shall be replaced at Contractor's costs.

1 07 02 Storage and Protection Store materials at building site strictly according to manufacturer’s instructions. Store

products in a dry and ventilated place.

Page 167: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 2: Products

2 01 Precoating Material Precoating material shall be used when roofing sheets are to be cemented onto

concrete or metal decks.

2 01 01 Bituminous Coatings Bituminous coatings may consist of a bitumen solution or a bitumen emulsion,

whichever fits the purpose better. The minimum content of bitumen shall be not less than 30 %.

2 02 Bonding Material Bonding material for bituminous roofing sheets shall be 'mastic asphalt' complying with

BS 6925, type R 988 or an equivalent Standard.

2 03 Bedding Layer The bedding layer shall be of perforated, glass fiber reinforced bituminous roofing

sheet, complying with ASTM 2178 or an equivalent Standard.

2 04 Vapor Barrier A vapor barrier is only required in areas where the mean temperature in January is below 7 deg C, or where excessive moisture conditions are anticipated within the building.

Vapor Barriers shall consist of bituminous, reinforced roofing sheets, complying with DIN 52143, or an equivalent Standard.

In case of elastomeric roofing sheets being used as waterproofing layer, the min. quality for a vapor barrier shall be a polyethylene (PE) foil of 0,4 mm thickness. This foil shall be placed on a bedding layer of non-woven fabric (Polypropylene or similar) of min. 250 g/m2.

2 05 Vapor Pressure Equalizing Layer The vapor pressure equalizing layer shall consist of a glassfiber reinforced bituminous

roofing sheet.

2 06 Waterproofing Layer

2 06 01 Bituminous Roofing Sheets For buildings where a high service life is expected, modified bituminous roofing sheets are recommended.

01.0 Bituminous roofing sheets shall be produced from oxidized bitumen with a reinforcement of minimum 50 g/m2 nonwoven glassmat. They shall allow torch welding.

02.0 The minimum thickness shall be 4 mm, unless otherwise indicated.

03.0 They shall comply with the requirements of DIN 52131 V60 S4, or an equivalent Standard.

Page 168: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 06 02 Modified Bitumen Roofing Sheets (APP-Modified) APP-modified bituminous roofing sheets may be applied as single layer, grade 1 with min. 4 mm thickness. For 'warm roofs' with only a bituminous protection layer, the first layer may be of grade 2 with 3 mm thickness and the second layer grade 1 with 4 mm thickness and embedding of reflective granules.

The bitumen shall be modified by blending it with 'atactic polypropylene' (APP). It shall comply with the requirements of CGSB 37-GP-56M or an equivalent Standard.

Provide roofing sheets in Grade 1 or Grade 2 quality as indicated.

2 06 03 Modified Bitumen Roofing Sheets (SBS-Modified) SBS modified roofing sheets may be reinforced with a polyester / glassfiber combination, glassfiber or with polyesterfiber only. Either one is distinguished into two types (lower and higher quality) and two grades for smooth (S) or granuled surface (G).

The bitumen shall be modified by blending it with styrene butadiene styrene (SBS) thermoplastic elastomer as the primary modifier.

2 06 03 01 SBS-Modified, Polyester / Glassfiber Reinforced Roofing Sheets Provide SBS-modified roofing sheets, reinforced with a combination of polyester and

glassfiber, complying with the requirements of ASTM D6162, or an equivalent Standard.

01.0 Type I, Grade S, with min. 1,8 mm thickness.

02.0 Type I, Grade G, with min. 2,8 mm thickness.

03.0 Type II, Grade S, with min. 2,0 mm thickness.

04.0 Type II, Grade G, with min. 3,3 mm thickness.

2 06 03 02 SBS-Modified, Glassfiber Reinforced Roofing Sheets Provide SBS-modified roofing sheets, reinforced with glassfiber, complying with the

requirements of ASTM D6163, or an equivalent Standard.

01.0 Type I, Grade S, with min. 2,0 mm thickness.

02.0 Type I, Grade G, with min. 2,4 mm thickness.

03.0 Type II, Grade S, with min. 2,0 mm thickness.

04.0 Type II, Grade G, with min. 2,7 mm thickness.

2 06 03 03 SBS-Modified, Polyester Reinforced Roofing Sheets Provide SBS-modified roofing sheets, reinforced with polyester fiber, complying with

the requirements of ASTM D6164, or an equivalent Standard.

01.0 Type I, Grade S, with min. 2,2 mm thickness.

02.0 Type I, Grade G, with min. 3,3 mm thickness.

03.0 Type II, Grade S, with min. 2,9 mm thickness.

04.0 Type II, Grade G, with min. 3,3 mm thickness.

2 06 04 Poly-Vinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing Sheets PVC roofing sheets are used as single layer system only. For roofing in general only

reinforced sheets are used according to DIN 16735.

Page 169: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

The sheets shall consist of PVC resin suitably compounded with plasticizers, stabilizers, fillers, pigments, and other ingredients to comply with the material property requirements of DIN 16735 or ASTM D4434, Type 3 or an equivalent Standard.

01.0 The min. thickness shall be 1,1 mm.

02.0 The sheet shall be capable of being bonded watertight to itself during its lifetime. The bonding procedure shall be in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations.

03.0 For unprotected roofing and material used for upstands and roof projections, sheets shall be UV-stabilized and meet the requirements of BS 3900 - Pt. F3 (5000 hours) or an equivalent Standard.

2 07 Surface Protection

2 07 01 Surface Protection Layer Bituminous protection layers shall have granules of min. 3 kg/m2 embedded in the

coating.

2 07 02 Gravel Gravel shall be washed natural gravel, aggregate size 16 to 32 mm, and thickness 5

cm.

2 07 03 Tiles Tiles for being laid directly onto the insulation boards of 'inverted roofs' should have a min. thickness of 4 cm. Tiles which are laid in any bedding material may be only 3 cm thick. Tiles on 'inverted roofs', which are constantly used, should be laid in a bedding, preferably of sand.

01.0 Provide concrete tiles of min. 4 cm thickness, complying with the requirements specified in Section 2500 - Paving and Surfacing.

02.0 Provide concrete tiles of min. 3 cm thickness, complying with the requirements specified in Section 2500 - Paving and surfacing, yet with a reduced flexural strength, relative to the thickness.

03.0 Provide terrazzo tiles of min. 4 cm thickness, complying with the requirements specified in Section 9400 -Terrazzo and Natural Stone Flooring.

04.0 Provide terrazzo tiles of min. 3 cm thickness, complying with the requirements specified in Section 9400 -Terrazzo and Natural Stone Flooring.

2 08 Insulation

2 08 01 Insulation for 'Warm Roofs'

2 08 01 01 Mineral Fiber Boards 01.0 Mineral fiber boards for roof insulation shall be composed of fine,

stable and uniformly textured mineral fibers, bonded together by non-water soluble and fire-retardent thermosetting resin, and formed into rectangular, rigid board of high density.

Page 170: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

02.0 They shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C726 or an equivalent Standard.

03.0 Boards for sloped roofs > 5 deg. (not ballasted) shall be faced both sides to allow fixing by means of cold or hot applied compounds.

04.0 Nominal thermal conductivity shall be less than 0,04 (W/m,deg.C), unless otherwise indicated.

05.0 The compressive resistance shall be min. 80 kPa at 25 % deformation, when tested according to ASTM C165 or an equivalent Standard.

2 08 01 02 Polystyrene Boards Expanded polystyrene boards shall have a rigid structure and good mechanical

properties. They shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C578 or an equivalent Standard.

01.0 Nominal thermal conductivity shall be less than 0,035 (W/m,deg.C), unless otherwise indicated.

02.0 The compressive resistance shall be min. 80 kPa at 10 % deformation, when tested according to ASTM C165 or an equivalent Standard.

2 08 01 03 Polyurethane Boards Polyurethane boards shall have a rigid structure and good mechanical properties.

They shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C1013 or an equivalent Standard.

01.0 Nominal thermal conductivity shall be less than 0,03 (W/m,deg.C), or as otherwise indicated.

02.0 The compressive resistance shall be min. 100 kPa at 10 % deformation, when tested according to ASTM C165 or an equivalent Standard.

2 08 02 Insulation for 'Inverted Roofs' 01.0 Extruded polystyrene: Shall have a rigid, closed cell structure,

which has a high resistance to water absorption and good mechanical properties. It shall comply with the requirements of DIN 18164 Pt. 1, type WS, or an equivalent Standard. Water Absorption shall be less than 1 % in volume, when tested in accordance with ASTM D2842, or less than 0,2 % when tested according to DIN 53428.

2 09 Accessories

2 09 01 Capping Profiles Aluminum profiles to fix the waterproofing along parapets and walls shall be extruded

and have an anodized finish.

2 09 02 Roof Drains (Inlets) Roof drains shall be of ultra-violet stabilized PVC, unless otherwise indicated, with a

welding-flange compatible with the waterproofing material. Drains for 'warm roofs' with vapor barrier shall be double-story elements and have two welding flanges.

Roof drains for 'inverted roofs' or for roofs with gravel protection layers shall be supplied with a gravel guard of adequate height.

Page 171: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 09 03 Separation Layers 01.0 Provide a separation layer between roofdeck and non-bituminous

waterproofing or polyethylene vapor barrier consisting of non-woven fabric of min. 200 g/m2.

02.0 Provide a separation layer to protect the insulation of inverted roofs. It shall consist of woven polyethylene (polyolefin) fabric, which resists water from penetrating and UV-radiation. The unit weight shall be min. 80 g/m2. The breaking force shall be min. 450 N and the elongation at break more than 15 %, when tested according to ASTM D5034.

Page 172: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 3: Execution

3 01 General Examination Examine structure where work of this Section will be installed. Check flat roof deck for

the min. slope of 1% towards the roof drains. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Verify that materials to be used for the work comply with requirements in specifications and schedules. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3 02 General Preparation

3 03 Installation

3 03 01 Warm Roof System

3 03 01 01 Warm Roof with Vapor Barrier I If tiles are used as a protection layer, they should preferably be laid in sand bedding.

This allows better expansion and contraction and reduces the risk of damaging the waterproofing, especially along the edges, construction joints and roof projections. PVC sheeting may be used without a specific protection unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. Provide the following layers:

01.0 Precoating: The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and all dust, dirt, oil and greasy substances removed; concrete shall be completely cured before application. Use min. 3 ltr/m2, depending on roughness of substrate. Allow primer to dry before application of subsequent layers.

02.0 Vapor barrier: Bituminous vapor barriers shall be strip or spot welded by means of hot applied bonding material complying with para 2 02. Overlapping joints (min. 8 cm) shall be fully welded. Polyethylene foils shall be loosely laid with joints welded onto a separation layer complying with para 2 09 03, without any precoating.

03.0 Thermal Insulation: Insulation boards of material indicated shall be laid loosely with butt joints. Insulation boards without facing (polyurethane) may need a separation layer - follow manufacturer's instructions.

04.0 Vapor pressure equalizing layer: Shall comply with para 2 05 and laid loosely onto the thermal insulation.

05.0 Waterproofing layer: Shall be loosely laid with overlapping joints of min. 8 cm fully welded. Select welding procedure to comply with manufacturer's instructions for the material indicated. For unballasted roofs, the Contractor shall propose a comprehensive solution for fixing the various layers to prevent uplift, subject to approval by the Engineer.

06.0 Protection layer

06.1 The last waterproofing layer shall have granules of min. 3 kg/m2 embedded in the coating and shall be fully bonded to the previous one by either bonding material or torch-welding, whichever is specified for the indicated waterproofing layers.

Page 173: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

06.2 Gravel: Shall be applied loosely in min. 5 cm thickness onto a separation layer complying with para 2 09 03.

06.3 Tiles: Provide tiles of indicated type and size. They shall be laid in a sand bedding of 3 cm thickness, sloped as the underlying. A separation layer complying with para 2 09 03, shall be placed under the sand bedding. Joints of max 5 mm thickness shall be filled with fine sand. Areas along walls, parapets or any roof projections of less than a tile width shall be filled with gravel. Follow the execution instructions of Section 02500 - Paving and Surfacing.

3 03 01 02 Warm Roof without Vapor Barrier Provide the following layers:

01.0 Thermal Insulation: Insulation boards of material indicated shall be laid loosely with butt joints.

02.0 Separation layer: Shall comply with para 2 05 and laid loosely onto the thermal insulation.

03.0 Waterproofing layer(s): The first layer shall be loosely laid with overlapping joints of min. 8 cm fully welded. Any further layer, depending on the type of waterproofing and the indicated amount of layers, shall be fully welded to the previous one. Select welding procedure to comply with manufacturer's instructions for the indicated material. For unballasted roofs, the Contractor shall propose a comprehensive solution for fixing the various layers to prevent uplift, subject to approval by the Engineer.

04.0 Protection layer

04.1 The last waterproofing layer shall have granules of min. 3 kg/m2 embedded in the coating and shall be fully bonded to the previous one by either bonding material or torch-welding, whichever is specified for the indicated waterproofing layers.

04.2 Gravel: Shall comply be applied loosely in min. 5 cm thickness onto a separation layer complying with para 2 09 03.

04.3 Tiles: Provide tiles of indicated type and size. They shall be laid in a sand bedding of 3 cm thickness, sloped as the underlying. A separation layer complying with para 2 09 03, shall be placed under the sand bedding. Joints of max 5 mm thickness shall be filled with fine sand. Areas along walls, parapets or any roof projections of less than a tile width shall be filled with gravel. Follow the execution instructions of Section 02500 - Paving and Surfacing.

3 03 02 Inverted Roof System Provide the following layers:

01.0 Precoating for bituminous waterproofing: The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and all dust, dirt, oil and greasy substances removed; concrete shall be completely cured before application. Use min. 3 ltr/m2, depending on roughness of substrate. Allow primer to dry before application of subsequent layers.

01.1 Provide a separation layer for non-bituminous waterproofing complying with para 2 09 03, without precoating.

Page 174: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

02.0 Waterproofing layer(s): The first layer shall be loosely laid with overlapping joints of min. 8 cm fully welded. Any further layer, depending on the type of waterproofing and the indicated amount of layers, shall be fully welded to the previous one. Select welding procedure to comply with manufacturer's instructions for the indicated material.

03.0 Thermal Insulation: Insulation boards of material indicated shall be laid loosely in a staggered manner with close joints. Insulation material without facing may need a separation layer - follow manufacturer's instructions.

04.0 Protection layer

04.1 The last waterproofing layer shall have granules of min. 3 kg/m2 embedded in the coating and shall be fully bonded to the previous one by either bonding material or torch-welding, whichever is specified for the indicated waterproofing layers.

04.2 Gravel: Shall be applied loosely in min. 5 cm thickness onto a separation layer complying with para 2 09 03.

04.3 Tiles: Provide tiles of indicated type and size. They shall be laid in a sand bedding of 3 cm thickness, sloped as the underlying. A separation layer complying with para 2 09 03, shall be placed under the sand bedding. Joints of max 5 mm thickness shall be filled with fine sand. Areas along walls, parapets or any roof projections of less than a tile width shall be filled with gravel. Follow the execution instructions of Section 02500 - Paving and Surfacing.

3 03 03 Accessories

3 03 03 01 Connections to Upstands 01.0 Along walls, parapets or bases for equipment separate strips of

waterproofing sheets shall be applied, overlapping the horizontal waterproofing. A min. of two layers shall be welded to the upstands. The top layer shall meet the requirements stated in para 2 07 01. Angle fillets consisting of insulation material shall be placed along the edges.

02.0 The top elevation shall be min. 10 cm above the last layer.

03.0 The upper edge shall be fixed to the wall by aluminum capping profiles, bolted to the base by means of dowels and non-corrosive screws, 30 cm on centers.

04.0 The space between the capping and wall shall be filled with joint sealant as indicated, complying with Section 7900 - Joint Sealers.

05.0 The sealed joint shall be covered by a formed galvanized sheet metal strip, preferably fixed by clipping it to the bolts of the capping profile (see Annex 6, Figure 2).

3 03 03 02 Roof Drains (Inlets) Roof drains shall be of ultra-violet stabilized PVC, unless otherwise indicated, with a

welding-flange, compatible with the waterproofing material. Drains for 'warm roofs' with vapor barrier shall have two flanges. The top of the drain shall not be higher than the adjacent waterproofing. Provide gravel stops for ballasted roofs with fittings for being connected to the drain. They shall be of galvanized steel , unless otherwise indicated.

Page 175: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

3 03 03 03 Roof Projections For roof projections like pipe stacks etc. prefabricated elements shall be used. If these

are not available for the indicated membranes, the connection with the horizontal waterproofing shall be prepared according to manufacturer's instructions with the greatest care. Pipe clamps shall be used to secure the vertical part in place. The top shall be covered by a metal flashing and the space between the flashing and the projection filled with joint sealant as indicated, complying with Section 7900 - Joint Sealers.

3 04 Field Quality Control 3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning

3 07 Protection Protect all works to ensure that it is without damage at time of handing over.

3 08 Schedules Contractor shall provide schedules of his works, coordinated with other trades, prior to

commencing with installation.

Page 176: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 4: Method of Measurement

4 01 General The quantities to be paid for will be measured from drawings.

Where work is measured by area, no deductions will be made for voids not exceeding 2,5 m2

4 02 Units of Measurement Precoating, bedding layer, vapor barrier, separation layer, vapor equalizing layer,

waterproofing layer, insulation and protection will be measured by m2.

Connections along any kind of upstands will be measured by m length.

Structural expansion joints will be measured by m length.

Roof drains will be enumerated.

Connections to roof projections (vent stacks etc.) will be enumerated.

Page 177: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

15 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 5: Basis of Payment

5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including furnishing all material, equipment,

tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labor, samples and mock-ups, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting.

5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate Refer to 07100 Part 5 : Basis of Payment

The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate:

Cleaning and preparing the roof deck for installation works of this Section

Page 178: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

16 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Annex : Tables and Figures

6 01 Tables

6 02 Figures

Fig. 1: Inverted roof - principle

Page 179: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07500 Membrane Roofing

17 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Fig.2: Inverted roof – roof detail

Fig. 3: Inverted roof – structural join

Page 180: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

07570: Epoxy Coatings

Page 181: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07570 Epoxy Traffic Coatings

2

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE

JV

SECTION 07570: EPOXY COATINGS 1. GENERAL

Resinous flooring includes penetrating, moisture tolerant, two-component epoxy primer, a high performance, three-component mortar consisting of epoxy resin, curing agent and selected, graded aggregates blended with inorganic pigments and a two-component, general service epoxy coating.

1.1 Reference Documents Drawings and general provisions of contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions. 1.2 Submittals

Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical data, installation instruction, and general recommendation for each resinous flooring material required. Include certification-indicating compliance of materials with requirements.

Samples: Submit, for verification purposes, 4-inch square samples of each type of resinous flooring required, applied to a rigid backing, in color and finish indicated. For initial selection of colors and finishes, submit manufacturer’s color charts showing full range of colors and finishes available.

1.3 Quality Assurance

Single Source Responsibility; Obtain primary resinous flooring

materials including primers, resins, hardening agents, finish or sealing coats from a single manufacture with not less than ten years of successful experience in manufacturing and installing principal materials described in this section. Contractor shall have completed at least five project of similar size and complexity; Standard or approved equal. Provide secondary materials only of type and from source recommended by manufacturer of primary materials.

Pre-Installation Conference;

The Contractor shall arrange a meeting not less than thirty days prior to starting work. Attendance Contractor Engineer or Engineer’s Representative Manufacturer/installer’s Representative

ISO 9002: All materials, including primers, resins, curing agents finish coats; aggregates and sealant are manufactured and tested under an ISO 9002 registered quality system.

Page 182: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07570 Epoxy Traffic Coatings

3

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE

JV

1.4 Delivery, Storage and Handling Material shall be delivered to job site and checked by flooring

contractor for completeness and shipping damage prior to job start. All materials used shall be factory pre-weighed and pre-packaged in single, easy to manage batches to eliminate on site mixing errors. No on site weighing or volumetric measurements allowed. Materials used shall be stored in a dry, enclosed area protected from exposure to moisture. Temperature of storage area shall be maintained between 60 and 85oF/16 and 30oC.

1.5 Project Conditions

Concrete substrate shall be properly cured for a minimum of 30 days. A vapor barrier must be present for concrete subfloors on or below grade. Otherwise, an osmotic pressure resistant grout must be installed prior to the resinous flooring.

Utilities, including electric, water, heat (air temperature between 60

and 85oF/16 and 30oC) and finished lighting to be supplied by the Contractor.

Job area to be free of other trades during, and for a period of 24

hours, after floor installation. Protection of finished floor from damage by subsequent trades shall

be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1.6 Warranty

Manufacturer shall furnish a single, written warranty covering both material and workmanship for a period of one (1) full year from date of installation.

2. PRODUCTS 2.1 Colors

Colors: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer’s standard colors.

2.2 Epoxy Flooring

2.2.1 Stonclad GS coated with Stonkote GS4 as manufactured by Stonhard Inc., Maple Shade, NJ, (800) 257-7953 is a nominal ¼”/6 mm thick system comprised of a penetrating, moisture tolerant, two-component epoxy primer, a high performance, three-component mortar consisting of epoxy resin, curing agent and selected, graded aggregates blended with inorganic pigments and a two-component,

Page 183: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07570 Epoxy Traffic Coatings

4

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE

JV

100% solids, general service, epoxy coating. Physical Properties: Provide flooring system in which physical properties of topping including aggreagate, when tested in accordance with standards or procedures referenced below, are as follows:

Compressive Strength .......................................... 10,000 psi (ASTM C-579) Tensile Strength ................................................... 1,750 psi (ASTM C-703) Flexural Strength .................................................. 4,000 psi (ASTM C-580) Hardness ...................................................................... 85-90 (ASTM D-2240/Shore D Durometer) Bond Strength ...................................................... > 400 psi (ASTM D-4541) Impact Resistance ................................................ > 160 in. ibs. (ASTM D-4226) Abrasion Resistance...................... 0.08gm max weight loss. ...................................................... (ASTM D-4060, Taber Abrader CS-17 wheel) Coefficient of Friction .................................................... 0.75 (ASTM D-2047) Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ............................... 2.0 x 106 psi (ASTM C-580) Flammability ................................................ Self Extinguishihng (ASTM D-635) Extent of burning 0.25 inches max. Thermal Coefficient of Linear Expansion ......................................... 1.8 x 10-5 in/in OC. (ASTM C-531) Water Absorption .......................................................... 0.2% (ASTM C-413) Heat Resistance Limitation ................................... 140OF/60OC (for continuous exposure) ..................................... 200 OF/93OC Cure Rater allow ................................................... 140OF/60OC (at 77OF/25OC) ............................ 24 hours for normal operations

Page 184: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07570 Epoxy Traffic Coatings

5

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE

JV

2.3 Joint Sealant Materials

Type produced by manufacturer of resinous flooring system for type of service and joint condition indicated.

3. EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation

Substrate: Concrete preparation shall be by mechanical means and

include use of a scabbler, scarifier or shot blast machine for removal of bond inhibiting materials such as curing compounds or laitance.

3.2 Application

General; Apply each component of resinous flooring system in compliance with manufacture’s directions to produce a uniform monolithic wearing surface of thickness indicated, uninterrupted except at divider strips, sawn joints or other types of joints (if any), indicated or required. Primer; Mix and apply primer over propared substrate with strict adherence to manufacturer’s installation procedures and coverage rates. Coordinate timing of primer application with application of trawled mortar to ensure optimum adhesion between resinous flooring materials and dubdtrate. Troweled Mortar; Mix mortar material according to manufacturer’s recommended procedures. Uniformly spread mortar over substrste using manufacturers specially designed screed box adjusted to manufacturer’s recommended height. Hand trowel apply mixed material over freshly primed substrate using stainless steel finishing towels.

3.2.1 Coating; remove any surface imperfections by lightly and vacuuming

the floor surface Mix, squeegee apply and backroll coating with strict adherence to manufacturer’s installation procedures and coverage rates.

3.3 Field Quality Control

The right is reserved to invoke the following material testing procedure at any time, and any number of times during period of flooring application. The Employer will engage service of an independent testing laboratory to sample materials being used on the job site. Samples of material will be taken, identified and sealed, and certified in presence of contractor.

Page 185: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07570 Epoxy Traffic Coatings

6

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE

JV

Testing laboratory will perform tests for any of characteristics specified, using applicable testing procedures referenced herein, or if none referenced, in manufacturer’s product data. If test results show materials being used do not comply with specified requirement’s contractor may be directed by the Employer to stop work; remove non-complying materials; pay for testing; reapply flooring materials to properly prepared surfaces which had previously been coated with unacceptable materials.

3.4 Curing, protection and cleaning

Cure resinous flooring materials in compliance with manufacture’s directions, taking care to prevent contamination during stages of application and prior to completion of curing process. Close area of application for a minimum of 24 hours. Protect resinous flooring materials from damage and wear during construction operation. Where temporary covering is required for this purpose, comply with manufacturer’s recommendations for protective materials and method of application. The contractor is responsible for protection and cleaning of surfaces after final coats. Cleaning: Remove temporary covering and clean resinous flooring just prior to final inspection. Use cleaning materials and procedures recommended by resinous flooring manufacturer.

Page 186: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Division 07 – Thermal and Moisture Protection

Section 07600 – Flashing and Sheet Metal

Part 1: General 1 01 Summary The work covered by this Section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and

materials, and performing all operations in connection with flashing and sheet metal.

1 01 01 Section includes 01. Flashing and Counter flashing

02. Gutters and Downspouts

03. Sheet Metal Roofing

04. Other Fabricated Sheet Metal Items

1 01 04 Related Sections 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

07900 Joint Sealers

1 02 References 1 02 01 Applicable Standards 1 02 01 04 USA Standards 1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

ASTM A167 : 96 Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate

ASTM A653 : 98 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

ASTM B32 : 96 Standard Specification for Solder Material

ASTM B101 : 96 Standard Specification for Lead-Coated Sheet and Strip for Building Construction.

ASTM B209 : 96 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.

ASTM B370 : 98 Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction.

ASTM B749 : 97 Standard Specification for Lead and Lead-Alloy Strip, Sheet and Plate Products.

ASTM D2178 : 97a Standard Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt used in Roofing and Waterproofing.

1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 6582 : 85 Specification for continuously hot-dip lead alloy (terne) coated

cold reduced carbon steel flat rolled products

1 02 03 Other References 1 02 03 01 Copper Development Association (CDA) Copper in Architecture - Handbook

Page 187: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 02 03 02 American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) AAMA 603 : 98 Voluntary Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic

Coatings on Extruded Aluminum.

AAMA 605 : 98 Voluntary Specifications for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels.

AAMA 606.1 : 76 Voluntary Guide Specifications and Inspection Methods for Integral Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.

AAMA 607.1 : 77 Voluntary Guide Specification and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.

1 03 Definitions 1 03 01 Technical Terms coping – flashing for a parapet

cornice flashing – flashing of a special finish element at parapet level or at a roof edge

girth – unfolded width of an e.g. multiple bend and seamed flashing

reglets – formed metal elements, which are installed recessed (into concrete) or surface mounted to receive snap-in flashing

scupper – flashing for horizontal water drainage through parapet

1 03 02 Abbreviations deg. C degree Celsius

max. maximum min. minimum o.c. off center UL Underwriters Laboratories (US) µm Micrometer = 1/10 mm

1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification of

Section 01300.

1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of prefabricated components and their accessories.

1 05 02 Shop Drawings Provide shop drawings indicating material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details,

fastening methods, flashings, terminations and installation details. Do not proceed with fabrication and / or installation until approval from the Engineer.

1 05 03 Samples Samples of typical prefabricated components with required finish, shall be submitted

to the Engineer for approval prior to application.

1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of Contractor’s site supervisor(s)

Certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced Standards and requirements of local authorities.

Records and reports of Contractor’s Internal Q.C..

Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C..

Page 188: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 06 Quality Assurance 1 06 01 Qualifications 1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers

regularly engaged in this work, with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer, or preferably a certification according to ISO 9000 series.

1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced

in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced Standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience.

1 06 03 Certifications Provide 'Third Party' certificates issued by an authorized and independent agency or

laboratory where indicated.

1 06 04 Quality Control 1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal Quality Control shall include but not be limited to:

Checking supplier’s certificates of compliance with specification and referenced Standards prior to application or installation.

Checking supplier’s delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification.

1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling 1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver materials to site originally packed by manufacturer. Protect materials during

delivery to comply with manufacturer’s directions. Damaged materials shall be replaced at Contractor's cost.

1 07 02 Storage and Protection Store materials and prefabricated components at site in an adequate manner to

prevent twisting, bending and abrasion, and make sure that the storage stays dry and is properly ventilated.

Part 2: Products 2 01 Basic Materials 2 01 01 Galvanized Steel Galvanized sheet steel shall comply with ASTM A653 – G90 (275 g/m2) zinc-coating.

Minimum thickness shall be 0,6 mm.

2 01 02 Coating to Galvanized Steel Coating to galvanized sheet steel shall be as follows:

01.0 Modified Silicone, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

Page 189: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

02.0 Acrylic, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

03.0 Polyester, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

04.0 PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride), multiple coat, thermally cured, complying with AAMA 605.

2 01 03 Aluminium Sheet Aluminium sheet shall comply with ASTM B209 or an equivalent Standard; minimum

thickness shall be 0,8 mm.

Finish / Coating shall be as follows:

01.0 mill finish

02.0 Anodized finish of min. 15 µm thickness, complying with AAMA 607.1- Class I (clear) or AAMA 606.1- Class I (color)

03.0 Shop coated with modified silicone, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

04.0 Shop coated with acrylic, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

05.0 Shop coated with polyester, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

06.0 Shop coated with PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride), multiple coat, thermally cured, complying with AAMA 605.

07.0 Color as indicated.

08.0 Color as selected from manufacturer’s color chart.

2 01 04 Lead Lead shall comply with ASTM B749 or an equivalent Standard.

2 01 05 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel sheet shall comply with ASTM A167, type 304; minimum thickness 0,4

mm. Provide pattern and finish as indicated.

2 01 06 Copper Copper sheet shall comply with ASTM B370, cold rolled, minimum thickness 0,5 mm,

natural or lacquered finish as indicated.

2 01 07 Terne Coated Steel Terne coated steel sheet shall be minimum 0,4 mm thick copper bearing steel core

material with min. 0,45 kg/m2 terne (lead alloy) coating, complying with BS 6582 or an equivalent Standard.

2 01 08 Titan Zinc Titan zinc sheets shall comply with the relevant Standards.

2 01 09 Underlayment Underlayment shall be glass roofing felt complying with ASTM D2178 or an equivalent

Standard.

2 02 Accessories 01.0 Fasteners shall be of the same material as the flashing metal.

02.0 Protective backing paint shall be zinc molybdate alkyd or bituminous paint as appropriate.

03.0 Sealant shall be acrylic, silicon, polyurethane or polysulfide based, unless otherwise indicated. Material and installation

Page 190: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

shall comply with requirements in Section 07900 – Joint Sealers.

04.0 Solder shall comply with ASTM B32 or an equivalent Standard.

05.0 Reglets shall be surface mounted or recessed as shown in drawings unless otherwise indicated . They shall be factory finished, made of galvanized steel or extruded aluminum.

06.0 Downspout boots shall be of steel or cast iron, unless otherwise indicated.

2 03 Fabrication Form sections true to shape, accurate size, square and free from distortion or defects.

Fabricate cleats of same material as sheet, interlocked with them.

Form pieces in longest possible lengths.

Hem exposed edges on underside min. ½ inch, mitre and seam corners.

Form material with standing, batten or flat lock seams, unless otherwise indicated. At moving joints use sealed lapped, bayonet-type or interlocking hooked seams.

Solder shop formed metal joints. After soldering remove flux, wipe, wash clean and weather seal joints.

Fabricate corners from one piece with adequate legs; seam for rigidity.

Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward min. 6 mm and hemmed to form drip.

Fabricate flashing to allow toe to extend min. 50 mm, unless otherwise indicated, over roof gravel or pavers.

Fabricate gutters to profile and size indicated or required by design manual.

Fabricate downspouts to profile and size indicated or required by design manual.

Fabricate accessories (brackets) in profile and size to suit gutters and downspouts.

Part 3: Execution 3 01 General Examination Examine structure and previous work where work of this Section will be installed.

Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Verify that materials to be used for the work comply with requirements in specifications and schedules. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3 02 General Preparation 3 03 Installation 3 03 01 General Flashing Install starter, edge strips and cleats before starting application of flashings.

Install surface mounted reglets true to line and levels. Seal top of reglets with sealant – follow requirements in Section 07900 – Joint Sealers.

Paint concealed surfaces with protective backing paint to a min. dry-film thickness of 200 microns.

Page 191: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Insert flashings into reglets to form tight fit. Secure in place with plastic wedges, fill empty space with joint filler and sealant – follow requirements in Section 07900 – Joint Sealers.

Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners.

Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles.

Coping and cornice flashing shall have drip-edges minimum 2 cm off finished surfaces.

Seal metal joints watertight, or solder metal joints for full metal surface contact.

3 03 02 Gutters and Downspouts Provide gutters and downspouts of material, shape and size indicated, or required by

‘Design Manual’.

Provide brackets of same material, formed to fit the shapes of gutters and downspouts. Fix brackets by one of the following methods, depending on the type of substrate:

- Nailing or screwing for wood substrates

- Doweling and bolting for concrete substrates

- Bolting or riveting for steel substrates

Slope gutters minimum 5 mm/m length.

Connect downspouts to downspout boots. Provide min. 10 cm overlapping and cover connection joint with a metal hood, which allows thermal expansion.

3 04 Field Quality Control 3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Clean flashings from any on-site soldering and soiling. Special care shall be taken not

to soil adjacent finished construction.

3 07 Protection Protect completed work from damage until handing over.

3 08 Schedules Contractor shall provide schedules of his works, coordinated with other trades, prior to

commencing with installation.

Page 192: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 4: Method of Measurement 4 01 General The quantities to be paid for will be measured from drawings.

Where work is measured by area, no deductions will be made for voids not exceeding 1,0 m2.

4 02 Units of Measurement Flashings will generally be measured by m length according to different materials,

coatings and widths (girth).

Gutters and downspouts will be measured by m length according to different materials, coatings and sizes.

Pipe collars, chimney flashing, scuppers etc. will be enumerated according to different materials, coatings and sizes.

Page 193: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal

8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 5: Basis of Payment 5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including furnishing all material, equipment,

tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labour, samples, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting.

5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate and will not be

measured separately:

- Painting of concealed surfaces

- Brackets for gutters and downspouts

- Cleats and any other holding devices

- Sealing of joints

Page 194: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Division 07 – Thermal and Moisture Protection

Section 07700 – Roof Specialities & Accessories

Part 1: General

1 01 Summary The work covered by this Section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and

materials, and performing all operations in connection with roof specialties.

1 01 01 Section includes 01. Copings

02. Gravel Stops

03. Expansion Joint Covers

04. Roof Hatches

1 01 02 Products delivered but not installed under this Section

1 01 03 Products installed but not delivered under this Section

1 01 04 Related Sections 05810 Expansion Joint Cover Assembly 07500 Membrane Roofing

07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07900 Joint Sealers 15750 Heat Transfer 15880 Air Distribution

1 02 References

1 02 01 Applicable Standards

1 02 01 04 USA Standards

1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM A167 : 99 Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting

Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip

ASTM B209 : 01 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.

ASTM B221 : 00 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes.

ASTM B370 : 98 Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction

ASTM B749 : 97 Standard Specification for Lead and Lead-Alloy Strip, Sheet and Plate Products.

Page 195: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

ASTM D2178 : 97 Standard Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt used in Roofing and Waterproofing.

ASTM D2822 : 97 Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement

1 02 01 04 14 Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc (SMACNA)

Architectural Sheet Metal Manual

1 02 02 Codes UBC Uniform Building Code

1 02 03 Other References

1 02 03 01 American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) AAMA 603 : 98 Voluntary Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for

Pigmented Organic Coatings on Extruded Aluminum.

AAMA 605 : 98 Voluntary Specifications for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels.

AAMA 606.1 : 76 Voluntary Guide Specifications and Inspection Methods for Integral Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.

AAMA 607.1 : 77 Voluntary Guide Specification and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.

1 03 Definitions

1 03 01 Technical Terms EPDM – elastomer - propylene diene rubber

1 03 02 Abbreviations B.o.Q. Bills of Quantities deg. C degree Celsius

kPa kilo Pascal max. maximum min. minimum o.c. off center UL Underwriters Laboratories (US) µm Micrometer = 1/10 mm

1 04 System Description

1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification

Section 01300.

1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of prefabricated components and their accessories.

Page 196: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

1 05 02 Shop Drawings Provide shop drawings indicating material profile, jointing details, fastening methods,

and installation details. Do not proceed with fabrication and / or installation until approval received from the Engineer.

1 05 03 Samples Samples of typical prefabricated components with required finish, shall be submitted

to the Engineer for approval prior to application.

1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of Contractor’s site supervisor(s) (see ref. 1 06 01 02)

Certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced Standards and requirements of local authorities.

Records and reports of Contractor’s Internal Q.C..

Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C..

1 05 05 Handing-Over Submittals

1 05 05 01 Project Records

1 05 05 02 Operation and Maintenance Data

1 05 06 Other Submittals

1 06 Quality Assurance

1 06 01 Qualifications

1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers

regularly engaged in this work, with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer, or preferably a certification according to ISO 9000 series.

1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced

in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced Standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience.

1 06 03 Certifications Provide 'Third Party' certificates issued by an authorized and independent agency or

laboratory where indicated.

1 06 04 Quality Control

1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal Quality Control shall include but not be limited to:

Page 197: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Checking of supplier’s certificates of compliance with specification and referenced Standards prior to application or installation.

Checking of supplier’s delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification.

1 06 04 02 External Quality Control see 1 06 03 “Certifications”

1 06 04 03 Source Quality Control

1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling

1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver materials to site originally packed by manufacturer. Protect materials during

delivery to comply with manufacturer’s directions. Damaged materials shall be replaced at Contractor's cost.

1 07 02 Storage and Protection Store materials and prefabricated components at site in an adequate manner to

prevent twisting, bending and abrasion, and make sure that the storage stays dry and is properly ventilated.

1 08 Project and Site Conditions

1 08 01 Existing Conditions

Note: Should include references to documents where information may be found pertaining to such items as existing structures, public utility lines, geophysical reports etc.

1 08 02 Environmental Requirements Refer to Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements, 1 01 02 .

1 09 Schedules and Programs

Note: Specify requirements for coordinating certain works which must be done in special sequence with, or at the time as work in other Sections.

1 10 Special Warranty Note: Describe special or extended warranty only (e.g. in landscaping when warranty depends on growing, periods may be exceeding the normal warranty period).

1 11 Maintenance

1 11 01 Maintenance Service

1 11 02 Operation Services

1 11 03 Extra Material

Note: Specify products to be supplied by the Contractor for future maintenance and repair and state to whom, when and where the items are to be delivered.

Page 198: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Page 199: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 2: Products

2 01 Basic Materials

2 01 01 Galvanized Steel Galvanized sheet steel shall comply with ASTM A361, Grade A or ASTM A526 – G90

(275 g/m2) zinc-coating. Minimum thickness shall be 0,6 mm.

2 01 01 01 Coating to Galvanized Steel Coating to galvanized sheet steel shall be as follows:

01.0 Modified Silicone, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

02.0 Acrylic, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

03.0 Polyester, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

04.0 PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride), multiple coat, thermally cured, complying with AAMA 605.

2 01 02 Aluminium 01.0 Aluminium sheet shall comply with ASTM B209 or an

equivalent Standard; minimum thickness shall be 0,8 mm.

02.0 Extruded aluminium shall comply with ASTM B221 or an equivalent Standard; min. thickness shall be 0,8 mm.

2 01 02 01 Finish and Coating for Aluminium 01.0 mill finish

02.0 Anodized finish of min. 15 µm thickness, complying with AAMA 607.1- Class I (clear) or AAMA 606.1- Class I (color)

03.0 Shop coated with modified silicone, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

04.0 Shop coated with acrylic, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

05.0 Shop coated with polyester, baked enamel system, complying with AAMA 603.

06.0 Shop coated with PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride), multiple coat, thermally cured, complying with AAMA 605.

07.0 Color as indicated or to be selected by the Engineer from manufacturer’s color chart.

2 01 03 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel sheet shall comply with ASTM A167, type 304; minimum thickness 0,4

mm. Provide pattern and finish as indicated.

2 01 04 Copper Copper sheet shall comply with ASTM B370, cold rolled, minimum thickness 0,5 mm,

natural or lacquered finish as indicated.

Page 200: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

2 01 05 Titan Zinc Titan Zinc sheets shall comply with the relevant Standards

2 02 Manufactured Items

2 02 01 Copings and Gravel Stops

Note: Select the required material from one of the options marked with asterisk (*) and indicate the finish in B.o.Q..

Copings and gravel stops shall be made of material as follows:

* 01.0 Extruded aluminum, of min. 0,8 mm thickness.

* 02.0 Aluminum sheet, of min. 0,8 mm thickness.

* 03.0 Stainless Steel sheet, of min. 0,4 mm thickness.

* 04.0 Galvanized steel sheet of min. 0,6 mm thickness.

* 05.0 Copper sheet of min. 0,5 mm thickness.

* 06.0 Titan zinc sheet of min. 0,7 mm thickness.

Copings and gravel stops shall be shaped as indicated or selected by the Engineer from manufacturer’s production range. It shall include special supports and cover plates to conceal and weather seal joints and attachment flanges. Finish shall be as indicated.

2 02 02 Expansion Joint Covers Expansion joint covers shall be of composite construction with flexible EPDM or

neoprene flashing with closed-cell polyurethane foam backing. Each edge shall be seamed to aluminum or stainless steel sheet flanges, designed for indicated joint width, inclusive special formed corners, tees, intersections, each sealed watertight. Expansion joint covers shall comply with requirements established in Section 05810.

2 02 03 Roof Hatches 01.0 Provide roof hatches of size, material, curb, leaf-type and

model indicated.

02.0 Integral steel curb shall be of min. 2 mm galvanized steel (G90), min. 25 mm rigid glassfiber or foam insulation and shall have integral cap flashing and extended flange for mounting.

03.0 Integral aluminum curb shall be of min. 3 mm aluminum, anodized, min. 25 mm rigid glassfiber or foam insulation and shall have integral cap flashing and appropriate extended flange for mounting.

04.0 Flush steel cover shall be of min. 2 mm galvanized steel (G90), min. 25 mm rigid glassfiber or foam insulation, steel interior liner of min. 0,6 mm galvanized sheet steel and continuous neoprene or vinyl gasket to provide a weatherproof seal.

05.0 Flush aluminum cover shall be of min. 3 mm aluminum, anodized, min. 25 mm rigid glassfiber or foam insulation, aluminum interior liner of min. 1 mm mill-finish aluminum and continuous neoprene or vinyl gasket to provide a weatherproof seal.

Page 201: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

06.0 Skylight cover shall be single or double lined as indicated. Double lined ones shall have a min. 12 mm airspace between the two panes. Skylights shall be fabricated from polycarbonate according to shape, color and pattern indicated; design shall be for a min. live load of 1,5 kPa; a continuous neoprene or vinyl gasket shall provide a weatherproof seal. The external face shall have an UV-protection of min. 50 micron.

Live load of min. 1,5 kPa shall be tested by an authorized and independent laboratory.

07.0 Hardware:

- Compression spring operator with shock absorber - Steel manual pull handle for interior and exterior operation - Steel hold open arm with grip handle for easy release - Heavy duty type hinges

08.0 Fire rating: Roof hatches which are to be used as heat or smoke vents shall be certified by an authorized laboratory for the required fire rating and automatic opening system as indicated.

2 03 Accessories 01.0 Sealant shall be acrylic, silicon, polyurethane or polysulfide

based, unless otherwise indicated. Sealant and execution shall comply with requirements in Section 07900 – Joint Sealers.

02.0 Roofing Cement shall comply with ASTM D2822, Type I or II.

Page 202: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 3: Execution

3 01 General Examination Examine structure where work of this Section will be installed. Verify that deck, curbs,

roof membrane and base flashing are in place and positioned correctly. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Verify that materials and prefabricated items to be used for the work comply with requirements in specifications and schedules. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3 02 General Preparation

3 03 Installation Install components in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

Conform to SMACNA and NRCA manuals or/and drawing details.

Coordinate installation of components with installation of roofing membrane and base flashings.

Apply sealant indicated and follow requirements in Section 07900 – Joint Sealers.

Apply bituminous paint on surfaces of units in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals.

Automatic operated hatches shall be tested after installation and report submitted to the Engineer for approval.

3 04 Field Quality Control

3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Adjust hinges of hatches for smooth operation.

Clean flashings from any on-site soldering and soiling. Special care shall be taken not to soil adjacent finished construction.

3 06 Demonstration

3 07 Protection Protect completed work from damage until handing over.

3 08 Schedules Contractor shall provide schedules of his works, coordinated with other trades, prior to

commencing with installation.

Page 203: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 4: Method of Measurement

4 01 General The quantities to be paid for will be measured from drawings.

Where work is measured by area, no deductions will be made for voids not exceeding 1,0 m2.

4 02 Units of Measurement Copings, gravel stops and expansion joint covers etc. will be measured by m length

according to different material, coating and size.

Roof hatches will be enumerated according to different size, type, material and finish.

Page 204: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07700 Roof Specialties & Accessories

11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR

in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV

Part 5: Basis of Payment

5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including furnishing all material, equipment,

tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labor, samples, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting.

5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rates The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate and will not be

measured separately:

- Painting of concealed surfaces

- Brackets, cleats and any other holding devices

- Sealing of joints

Page 205: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection

Section 07900 - Joint Sealers

Part 1: General 1 01 Summary   The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with joint sealing. 

1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Standard Sealants and Accessories

02.0 Sealants and Accessories for Concrete Pavement

03.0 Fire Resistant Sealants and Accessories

04.0 Compression Seals

1 01 04 Related Sections 03400 Cast-in Place Concrete

05810 Expansion Joint Cover Assembly

07100 Waterproofing

1 02 References 1 02 01 Applicable Standards 1 02 01 03 International Standards 1 02 01 03 01 International Standards Organization (ISO)

  ISO 11600: 93  Building construction ‐ Sealants ‐ Classification and        requirements     

1 02 01 04 USA Standards 1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

  ASTM C570: 00  Standard Specification for Oil‐ and Resin‐Base Caulking        Compound for Building Construction (Amendment 1989) 

ASTM C834: 00  Standard Specification for Latex Sealant 

  ASTM C920: 01  Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 

  ASTM C1184: 00  Standard Specification for Structural Silicone Sealants E (2001) 

Page 206: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

  ASTM D1751: 99  Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for        Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and        Resilient Bituminous Types) 

  ASTM D1752: 84  Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork        Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural        Construction E (1996) R (1996) 

1 02 01 06 British Standards   BS 476    Fire tests on building materials and structures BS 476 ‐ Pt.20: 87  Method for determination of the fire resistance of elements of        construction (general principles) 

  BS 2499   Hot‐applied joint sealant systems for concrete pavements BS 2499 ‐ Pt.1: 93  Specification for joint sealants BS 2499 ‐ Pt.3: 93  Methods of test 

  BS 4254: 83(91) Specification for two‐part polysulfide‐based sealants   BS 5212   Cold applied joint sealant systems for concrete pavements BS 5212‐Pt.1: 90  Specification for joint sealants  BS 5212‐Pt.3: 90  Methods of test 

  BS 5215: 86    Specification for one‐part gun grade polysulfide‐based sealants   BS 6213: 00    Selection of constructional sealants 

1 02 02 Codes   BS 2499 ‐ Pt.2: 92  Code of practice for the application and use of joint sealants 

BS 5212 ‐ Pt.2: 90  Code of practice for the application and use of joint sealants 

  BS 6093: 93               Code of practice for design of joints and jointing in building        construction 

1 03 Definitions 1 03 01 Technical Terms   Compatibility ‐ the capability of two or more materials to be placed in contact or close proximity with one another and each material maintaining its usual physical or chemical properties, or both. 

  Compound ‐ an intimate mixture of all the ingredients necessary for a finished material or product. 

  Construction joint ‐ a formed or assembled joint at a predetermined location where two successive placements of concrete meet. 

Page 207: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

  Control joint ‐ a formed, sawed, tooled, or assembled joint acting to regulate the location and degree of cracking and separation resulting from the dimensional change of different elements of a structure. 

  Cure ‐ the process by which a compound attains its intended properties through evaporation, chemical reaction, heat, radiation, or combinations thereof. 

  Expansion joint ‐ a structural separation between building elements that allows independent movement without damage to the assembly. 

  Hot‐applied sealant ‐ a compound that is applied in a molten state and cures primarily by cooling to ambient temperatures. 

  Joint ‐ the space or opening between two or more adjoining surfaces. 

  Latex sealant ‐ a compound that cures primarily through water evaporation. 

  Non‐sag sealant ‐ a compound that exhibits little or no flow when applied in vertical or inverted joints. 

  Pot life ‐ the time interval after mixing the components of a multicomponent sealant, during which application and tooling is possible. 

  Primer ‐ a compatible coating designed to enhance adhesion. 

  Seal ‐ a barrier against the passage of liquids, solids, or gases. 

  Sealant ‐ a material that has the adhesive and cohesive properties to form a seal. 

  Sealant backing ‐ a compressive material placed in a joint before applying a sealant. 

  Solvent‐release sealant ‐ a compound that cures primarily through solvent evaporation. 

  Tape sealant ‐ a sealant having a preformed shape, and intended to be used in a joint initially under compression. 

1 03 02 Abbreviations and Symbols   deg C  degree Celsius 

MAF  movement accommodation factor max.  maximum min.  minimum RH    Relative Humidity TRM  total relevant movement UL    Underwriters Laboratories (US) WSmin  min. sealant width 

Page 208: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

1 05 Submittals   Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification Section 01300. 

1 05 01 Product Data   Provide product data for each type of sealant, joint filler, primer, preformed foam sealant, including label compliance and fire‐ratings. 

1 05 02 Shop Drawings 1 05 03 Samples   Samples of all materials used for joint sealing shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to installation for approval. 

1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals   Documented experience of Contractor’s site supervisor(s) (see ref. 1 06 01 02) 

  Certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced Standards and requirements of local authorities. 

  Records and reports of Contractor’s Internal Q.C. 

Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C. 

1 06 Quality Assurance 1 06 01 Qualifications 1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers   Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in this business, with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer. 

1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers   Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced Standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience. 

1 06 03 Certifications   Provide 'Third Party' certificates issued by an authorized and independent agency or laboratory where indicated.   

1 06 04 Quality Control 1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control   Contractor’s internal Quality Control shall include but not be limited to: 

Page 209: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

  Checking of suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform with specification and referenced Standards prior to application or installation. 

  Checking of suppliers delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification. 

1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling 1 07 01 Packing and Shipping   Deliver materials to site originally packed by manufacturer in unopened containers. Protect materials during delivery to comply with manufacturer’s directions. Damaged materials shall be replaced at Contractor's cost. 

1 07 02 Storage and Protection   Store materials at building site strictly according to manufacturer’s instructions. Store products in a dry and ventilated place. 

1 10 Special Warranty 01.0 The Contractor shall provide min. ten (10) years warranty for

Bitumen, Rubber/Bitumen and Butyl products and the related workmanship.

02.0 The Contractor shall provide min. fifteen (15) years warranty for Acrylic/Latex products and the related workmanship.

03.0 The Contractor shall provide min. twenty (20) years warranty for Polysulfide, Polyurethane and Silicone products and the related workmanship.

 

 

 

Part 2: Products 2 01 Sealant Mater

  Follow BS 6213 'British Standard Guide to Selection of constructional sealants' to select the right sealant for the specific job. 

2 01 01 Acrylic-Based Sealants (Latex)   Acrylic‐based sealants shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C834 or an equivalent Standard, for the indicated application, use and class. Compliance shall be certified by an authorized and independent laboratory. 

Page 210: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

2 01 02 Butyl-Rubber Sealants   Butyl‐rubber sealants shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C1085 or an equivalent Standard, for the indicated application, use and class. Compliance shall be certified by an authorized and independent laboratory. 

2 01 03 Elastomeric Sealants 2 01 03 01 Silicone-Based Sealants   Silicone‐based sealants shall comply with the requirements of BS 5889 or an equivalent Standard, for the indicated application, use and class. Compliance shall be certified by an authorized and independent laboratory. 

2 01 03 02 Polysulfide-Based Sealants   Polysulfide‐based sealants shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C920 or an equivalent Standard, for the indicated application, use and class. Compliance shall be certified by an authorized and independent laboratory. 

2 01 03 03 Polyurethane-Based Sealants   Polyurethane‐based sealants shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C920 or an equivalent Standard, for the indicated application, use and class. Compliance shall be certified by an authorized and independent laboratory. 

2 01 04 Joint Sealants for Concrete Pavement 01.0 Cold-applied sealants for concrete pavements, hardstands,

runways etc. shall comply with BS 5212 or an equivalent Standard. Compliance shall be certified by an authorized and independent laboratory.

02.0 Hot-applied sealants for concrete pavements, hardstands, runways etc. shall comply with BS 2499 or an equivalent Standard. Compliance shall be certified by an authorized and independent laboratory.

2 01 05 Fire Resistant Joint Sealants Fire stopping sealants are in general available as one‐part products with low to medium MAF (10%), or two‐part products with high MAF (25%) 

  Provide manufacturer's standard fire‐stopping sealant, with accessory materials, having fire‐resistance ratings indicated as established by testing identical assemblies per BS 476 Pt.20 or an equivalent Standard at an authorized and independent laboratory. 

2 02 Primer   Use only manufacturer's recommended primer for the respective sealant and substrate. 

Page 211: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

2 03 Joint Filler 01.0 Joint Fillers for cold applied sealants shall be open cell

polyurethane or closed cell polyethylene foams, whichever is recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the respective sealant or joint location.

02.0 Joint fillers for hot applied sealants or joints under hydrostatic pressure shall be of processed cork or another adequate product acceptable to the Engineer.

03.0 Joint fillers for concrete paving shall be of cork, self-expanding cork, or sponge rubber complying with ASTM D1752, or bituminous fiber complying with ASTM D1751, or an equivalent product acceptable to the Engineer.

04.0 Joint fillers for fire resistant joints shall be of mineral or ceramic fibers or another adequate product acceptable to the Engineer.

2 04 Bond Breaker Tape   Bond breaker tape shall be of polyethylene unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer. 

2 05 Preformed Foam Sealant - Compression Seals   Provide manufacturer's standard preformed, precompressed, impregnated open‐cell foam sealant, produced from high‐density urethane foam and impregnated with a nondrying, water repellent agent. It shall be factory produced in precompressed rolls to fit joint widths indicated and to develop a water‐ and airtight seal when compressed to the degree specified by manufacturer. It shall be permanently elastic, mildew‐resistant, nonmigratory, nonstaining and compatible with joint substrates. Backing shall be pressure sensitive adhesive, factory applied to one side, with protective wrapping. 

 

 

 

Page 212: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Part 3: Execution 3 01 General Examination   Examine structure where work of this Section will be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Verify that materials to be used for the work comply with requirements in specifications and schedules. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 

3 02 General Preparation 3 03 Installation 3 03 01 Preparation

01.0 Clean out joints immediately before applying joint sealers to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and the following requirements:

01.1 Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including oil, grease, water repellents, dust and paints, except for permanent, protective coatings approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer.

01.2 Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tiles and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, grinding, blasting, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove laitance and formwork release agents from concrete. Remove loose particles by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air.

01.3 Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces by chemical cleaners or other means, which are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealers.

02.0 Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by sealer manufacturer, based on substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primer to areas of joint sealer bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

03.0 Masking tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces, which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

04.0 Sealant Backing: Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. Use special adjustable rollers to guarantee a constant depth. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers.

Page 213: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

05.0 Bond breaker: Install bond breaker tape between sealant and joint fillers, or back of joints where adhesion of sealant would result in sealant failure.

3 03 02 Installation of Sealants   For standard type joints see Annex 6, Figure 1. 

3 03 02 01 General   Comply with joint sealer manufacturers written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. 

3 03 02 02 Installation Standards 01.0 Elastomeric sealant installation shall comply with ASTM C962 or

an equivalent Standard.

02.0 Solvent-release curing sealant installation shall comply with ASTM C804 or an equivalent Standard.

03.0 Latex sealant installation shall comply with ASTM C790 or an equivalent Standard.

04.0 Acoustical sealant installation shall comply with ASTM C804 or an equivalent Standard.

05.0 Cold-applied pavement sealant installation shall comply with BS 5212 - Pt.2 or an equivalent Standard.

06.0 Hot-applied pavement sealant installation shall comply with BS 2499 - Pt.2 or an equivalent Standard.

3 03 02 03 Sealant Application 01.0 Install sealant by proven techniques that result in sealants directly

contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.

02.0 Tooling: Nonsag sealants shall be tooled immediately after application prior to skinning and curing. Tool sealant to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate airpockets and to ensure contact and adhesion. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents, which discolor sealant or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.

03.0 Concrete pavement sealing: Make sure, that at no time during the anticipated operating cycle of the joint, the sealant will protrude above the surface of the concrete pavement. To ensure this, it will be necessary to recess the level of the sealant 5 to 8 mm below the pavement surface, depending on the temperature prevailing at time of application (see Annex 6, Figure 2).

04.0 Firestopping sealant: Follow strictly manufacturer's, respectively testing agencies instructions for the installation of sealant and required backing materials to ensure the indicated fire ratings after curing.

Page 214: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

3 03 02 04 Installation of Preformed Foam Seals - Compression Seals   Install each length of sealant immediately after removing protective wrapping, taking care not to pull or stretch material, and to comply with sealant manufacturer's directions for installation methods, materials and tools which produce seal continuity at ends, turns and intersections of joints. 

3 04 Field Quality Control 3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning   Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturer of joint sealers and joint substrates. 

3 06 Demonstration 3 07 Protection   Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations, to be without deterioration or damage at time of handing over. If, despite such protection, damage occurs, cut out and remove this parts immediately and reseal joints with new material to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work and approved by the Engineer. 

3 08 Schedules   Contractor shall provide schedules of his works, coordinated with other trades, prior to commencing with installation. 

 

 

 

Page 215: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Part 4: Method of Measurement 4 01 General   The quantities to be paid for will be measured from drawings. 

   

4 02 Units of Measurement   Joints will be differentiated into type of joint, width, type of material used and measured by m length. 

 

 

 

Page 216: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Part 5: Basis of Payment 5 01 General   Payment will be made for complete work including furnishing all material, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labour, samples, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting. 

5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate   The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate and will not be measured separately: 

  All necessary cleaning work before application of joint filling materials. 

  Required application of primers. 

  Required backing material and joint fillers. 

 

 

Page 217: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Annex : Tables and Figures 6 02 Figures

                     Fig. 1: Typical construction joint   

Page 218: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

Fig. 2: Typical joint in concrete pavement

Page 219: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

 

Page 220: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

07920 – SEALANTS

Page 221: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07920 Sealants

1

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE

JV

SECTION 07920: SEALANTS

1. GENERAL

1.1 Work Included

- Exterior joints formed by the intersection of different materials and surfaces.

- Sleeves, inserts and other items penetrating or passing through the exterior walls.

- Joints between paving and intersecting vertical surfaces.

- Joints between abutting stone or masonry.

- Control joints.

- Exterior door saddles.

- Joints in ceramic tile work

- Sealant for Glazed Curtain Wall System.

- Foam fire safing.

1.2 Quality Assurance

1.2.1 Joint Design:

- In joints up to 6.35mm in width, the sealant shall be the same as the joint width.

- In joints over 6.35mm wide, the depth of the sealant shall be approximately one – half the width of the joint, but in no case less than 6.35mm deep.

- When joints exceed the depth requirements, insert back-up material to the necessary depth stated above.

- When perimeter joints around frames that are to be sealed or caulked do not have built-in stops, insert back-up material to provide a joint with a minimum of 9.5mm and a maximum depth of 12.7mm .

- Seal between drywall partition and curtain wall with neoprene strips.

Page 222: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07920 Sealants

2

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE

JV

1.3 Reference Standards / Current Edition

A. Comply with Egyptian specifications and code authorities as they relate to the referenced US standards.

B. American institute for testing and Materials (ASTM).

1. C804 Recommended Practice for Use of Solvent –

Release Type Sealants, 2. C834 Specification for Latex Sealing Compounds, 3. C920 Specification for Electrometric Joint Sealants, 4. D1056 specification for Flexible Cellular Materials –

Sponge or Expanded Rubber, 5. D1565 Specification for Flexible Cellular materials - Vinyl

chloride polymers and copolymers (Open Cell Foam),

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials

A. Sealant, Type1: Two part polyurethane compound, complying with ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, formulated for gun, knife or trowel application; non-staining to adjacent finish materials; color as selected.

B. Sealant, Type 2: Two part polyurethane compound to ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, class 25, Use NT; color as selected.

C. Sealant, Type 3: Two part polyurethane conforming to ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, class 25, Use T, self-leveling, color as selected.

D. Sealant, Type 4: Silicone conforming to ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Use NT, gun applied, non-staining; color as selected.

E. Sealant, Type 5: Mildew resistant silicone conforming to ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Use NT, Sanitary sealant, gun applied, color as selected.

F. Sealant, Type 6: Acrylic latex, conforming to ASTM C834, gun applied, color as selected.

G. Sealant, Type 7: Acrylic-impregnated polyurethane foam. Foam shall have open-cell structure, with not less than 90% of cells open. Impregnation shall be acrylics with special stabilizing agents.

H. Acoustical sealant for concealed joints: Manufacturer’s standard non drying, non-hardening, non-staining, gunnable, synthetic

Page 223: Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Final

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 07920 Sealants

3

Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE

JV

rubber sealant recommend for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound.

I. Foam fire Safing: Two part fire-retardant, UL Classified, class A; product of chase technology corporation, Dow chemical and general electric.

J. Joint backer rod shall be a closed cell extruded polyethylene foam, highly flexible, compressible, compatible with sealant, resistant to oil, gasoline and solvents and remaining flexible in temperature ranges from 4.4 deg. C to 60 deg. C [-40°F to 140°F].

3. EXECUTION

3.1 Application

A. Use following type as indicated herein in accordance with manufacuter’s recommendations:

1. Joints in horizontal surfaces, traffic.

areas: Type 3 and/or Type 7.

2. Joints in horizontal surfaces, non

traffic areas: Type 2 and/or Type 7.

3. Joints in vertical surfaces, exterior

Type 1 or Type 4 with Type 7 as a primary seal

4. Joints in ceramic tile, wet areas: Type 5

5. Interior joints, in vertical surfaces, to be painted: Type 6

6. Sealant at joint between buildings, at underside of relieving angles

between metal and masonry: Type 7.

B. Foam fire safing: install foam fire safing in walls, partitions and floors not otherwise sealed by other trades. Apply foam fire safing in accordance with manufacturer’s written instruction. Install temporary damming material to contain foam during placing and curing operations. Damming material left in place shall be incombustible.